]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
units: set NoNewPrivileges= for all long-running services
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
fcb97512
LP
3CHANGES WITH 240 in spe:
4
5 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
421e3b45 6 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
fcb97512
LP
7 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
10 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
11 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
421e3b45
ZJS
12 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
13 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
14 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
15 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
16 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
17 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
18 start job.
fcb97512
LP
19
20 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
21 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
22 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
23 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
6b1ab752 24 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
fcb97512
LP
25 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
26 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
27 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
28 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
29 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
30
0972c1ae
LP
31 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
32 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
33 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
34 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
0abf9492 35 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
0972c1ae
LP
36 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
37 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
38 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
39 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
40 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
41 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
42 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
43 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
44 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
45 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
46 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
47 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
48 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
49 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
421e3b45
ZJS
50 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
51 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
52 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
53 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
54 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
55 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
56 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
57 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
58 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
59 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
60 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
61 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
62 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
63 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
64 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
65 Java.)
0972c1ae 66
a8b627aa
LP
67 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
68 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
69 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
70 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
71 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
72 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
73 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
74 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=no and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=no)
75 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
76 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
77
4f7dc24f
LP
78 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
79 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
80 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
81 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
82 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
83 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
84
230450d4
LR
85 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
86 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
87 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
88 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
89 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
90
6b1ab752 91 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
230450d4
LR
92 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
93
23305a29
CD
94 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
95 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
96 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
97
6b1ab752 98 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
a8467688
CD
99 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
100
6b1ab752
LP
101 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
102 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
421e3b45 103 controls the cgroupsv2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
6b1ab752
LP
104 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
105 cgroupsv2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
106 latency.
107
108 * systemd now supports the cgroupsv2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
109 to the cgroupsv1 "devices" cgroup controller.
110
111 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
112 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
113 instance part of a unit name.
114
115 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
116 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
117 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
421e3b45 118 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6b1ab752
LP
119 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
120 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
121 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
122 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
123 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
124
125 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
126 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
127 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
128 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
129
130 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
131 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
132 to a file, and appending to it.
133
134 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
135 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
136 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
46b028f2 137 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
421e3b45
ZJS
138 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
139 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6b1ab752
LP
140
141 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
142 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
143 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
144 having to touch C code.
145
421e3b45
ZJS
146 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
147 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6b1ab752
LP
148
149 * systemd-logind will offer hibernation only if the currently used
150 kernel image is still available on disk.
151
152 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
153 DNS-over-TLS.
154
155 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
156 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
157 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
158
159 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
160 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
161 until the system finished start-up.
162
163 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
164
165 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
166 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
167 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
168 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
169 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
170 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
171 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
172
173 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
174 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
175 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
d6131be9 176 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6b1ab752 177 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
d6131be9
YW
178 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
179 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
180 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
181 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
182 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
183 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
184 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6b1ab752
LP
185
186 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
187 instantiate services.
188
189 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
190 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
191
192 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
421e3b45
ZJS
193 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
194 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6b1ab752
LP
195
196 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
421e3b45 197 it is neither used nor maintained.
6b1ab752
LP
198
199 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
200 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
201 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
421e3b45
ZJS
202 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
203 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
204 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
205 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
206 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
207 separated by colons.
6b1ab752
LP
208
209 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
210 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
211
212 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
213 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
214
215 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
216 "ethtool advertise" commands.
217
218 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
219 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
220 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
221 directly.
222
223 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
224 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
225 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
226 ID.
227
228 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
229 and generate various 128bit IDs.
230
231 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
232 and LOGO=.
233
234 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
235 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
236 from any hibernated image.
237
238 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
239 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
240 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
421e3b45 241 kernel exports them.
6b1ab752
LP
242
243 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
244 /usr/bin/.
245
246 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
247 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
248 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
249 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
250 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
251 now documented here:
252
253 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
254
255 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
256 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
257 installs during early boot.
258
259 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
260 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
261
262 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
263 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
264
265 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
266 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
267 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
268
269 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
270 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
271 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
272 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
273 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
274 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
275 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
276 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
421e3b45
ZJS
277 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
278 is on AC power.
6b1ab752
LP
279
280 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
281 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
282 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
283 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
284 see:
285
286 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
287
288 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
289 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
290 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
291 and container environments.
292
293 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
294 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
295 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
296 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
297
298 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
299 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
300 journald per-service.
301
302 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
303 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
304
305 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
306 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
307 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
308 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
309
310 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
311 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
312 groups.
313
314 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
315 --ephemeral command line switch.
316
317 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
318 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
319 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
320 object itself.
321
322 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
421e3b45
ZJS
323 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
324 not unloaded).
6b1ab752
LP
325
326 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
327 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
421e3b45 328 the concept only exists on cgroupsv1) and apparently wasn't used.
6b1ab752
LP
329
330 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
421e3b45
ZJS
331 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
332 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
333 too. A taged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
334 "dead" state on success.
6b1ab752
LP
335
336 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
337 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
338 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
339 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
340 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
341 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
421e3b45 342 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
6b1ab752
LP
343 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
344 well-defined system service context.
345
346 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
347 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
348 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
349 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
350
421e3b45
ZJS
351 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
352 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
353 continue to be used.
6b1ab752
LP
354
355 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
356 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
357 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
358 for example:
359
360 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
361
362 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
421e3b45
ZJS
363 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
364 the command line's exit code.
6b1ab752 365
421e3b45 366 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
6b1ab752
LP
367
368 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
369
370 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
371 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
372 support to systemctl and all other commands.
373
374 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
375 name as argument.
376
377 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
421e3b45 378 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
6b1ab752
LP
379 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
380 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
381 is improved.
382
67081438
LP
383 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
384 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
385 initialize one to all 0xFF.
386
144d7f1d
LP
387 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
388 all files and directories listed in
389 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
390 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
391 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
392 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
393 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
394 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
395 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
396 the transition to the host OS.
397
98a7b55a
LP
398 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
399 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
400 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
401 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
402 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
403 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
404 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
405 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
406 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
407 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
408 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
409 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
410 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
411 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
412 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
413 these are opened they don't work.
414
415 At this point is is recommended that container managers utilizing
416 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
417 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
418 logic works again.
419
420 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
421 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
422 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
423 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
424 ignore it.
425
6b1ab752
LP
426 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
427 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
428 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
429 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
c37e2358
LP
430 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
431 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
432 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
433 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
434 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
435 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, dj-kaktus, Dongsu Park,
436 Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters, Evgeni Golov,
437 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad, Faizal Luthfi,
6b1ab752 438 Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank Schaefer, Frantisek
c37e2358
LP
439 Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe Scrivano, glitsj16,
440 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit Jain, Helmut Grohne,
441 Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen,
442 Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld, javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud,
443 Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg
444 Behrmann, Joerg Steffens, Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian
445 Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi, Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill
446 Marinushkin, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song,
447 Lorenz Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin
448 Janvier, Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
449 Marcin Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros,
450 Marko Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin
451 Wilck, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael
452 Olbrich, Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
453 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
454 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
455 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
456 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
6b1ab752 457 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
c37e2358
LP
458 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
459 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
460 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
461 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
462 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
463 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
464 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
465 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
466 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
467 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
468 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
469 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
470
471 — Somewhere, 2018-12-yy
6b1ab752 472
e8498f82 473CHANGES WITH 239:
019cb3ab
SH
474
475 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
d69f5282
ZJS
476 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
477 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
478 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
479 a slot number associated.
480
481 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
482 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
483 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
484 independent.
485
486 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
487 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
488 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
489
490 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
491 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
492 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
493 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
019cb3ab 494
6e2d744b
YW
495 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
496 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
fe903cf4
LP
497 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
498 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
499 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
500 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
501 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
502 e.g. NIS.
503
504 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
505 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
506 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
507 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
508 may be necessary to update the file.
e0eee477 509
1fc83d09
LP
510 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
511 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
512 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
513 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
514 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
515 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
516 documentation.
517
41a4c3ec
LP
518 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
519 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
520 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5cadf58e
ZJS
521 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
522 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
523 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
524 them.
41a4c3ec 525
ce55bd5e
ZJS
526 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
527 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
fe903cf4
LP
528 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
529 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
530 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
ce55bd5e 531
e01d9e21
LP
532 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
533 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
534 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
535 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
536 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
537 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
538 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
539 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
540
5cadf58e
ZJS
541 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
542 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
543 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
544 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
41a4c3ec
LP
545 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
546
c9299be2
IT
547 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
548 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
c086ce8c
LP
549 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
550 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
551 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
552
73c718a9
YW
553 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
554 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
abc291aa
LP
555 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
556
557 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
558 that embedd a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
559 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
560 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
561 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
562 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
563 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
564 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
565 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
566 systemd-resolved.service will result in a host name lookup for which
567 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
568 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
569 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
570 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
571 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
572 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
573 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
574 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
575 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
576 from.
73c718a9 577
41a4c3ec
LP
578 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
579 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
580 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5cadf58e
ZJS
581 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
582
75da262a
LP
583 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
584 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5cadf58e
ZJS
585 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
586 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
41a4c3ec
LP
587
588 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3f9a0a52 589 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
41a4c3ec
LP
590 hibernates again.
591
592 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
593 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
594
595 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
596 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
597 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
598
599 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
600 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
601 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
602 was not configurable and set to 512.
603
5cadf58e
ZJS
604 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
605 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
606 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
607 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
608 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
609 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
610 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
611 in particular su and sudo.
41a4c3ec
LP
612
613 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
614 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
bc99dac5 615 synchronization has been received from the network. This
41a4c3ec
LP
616 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
617 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
618 services.
619
620 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
621 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
622 files should work for hibernation now.
623
5cadf58e
ZJS
624 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
625 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
41a4c3ec
LP
626 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
627 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
628 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
629 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
630 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
631 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5cadf58e
ZJS
632 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
633 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
41a4c3ec 634 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5cadf58e
ZJS
635 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
636 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
637 name following the last dash.
638
639 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
88099359 640 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5cadf58e 641 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
88099359
ZJS
642 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
643 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
41a4c3ec
LP
644
645 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
646 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
647 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5cadf58e
ZJS
648 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
649 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
650 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
41a4c3ec 651
c7f93e28
ZJS
652 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
653 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
ba1dc1a1
LP
654 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
655 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
c7f93e28 656
41a4c3ec
LP
657 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
658 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
659 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5cadf58e
ZJS
660 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
661 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
41a4c3ec
LP
662
663 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
664 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
665 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
666 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
667 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
668 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
669 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
670 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
671 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5cadf58e
ZJS
672 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
673 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
674 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
41a4c3ec
LP
675 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
676
677 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
678 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
679 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
680 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
681 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
682 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
683 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
684 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
685 settings.
686
687 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
688 expiration feature, if it is available.
689
5cadf58e
ZJS
690 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
691 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
692 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
693
694 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
695 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
41a4c3ec
LP
696
697 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
698
699 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
700 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
701
5cadf58e 702 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
41a4c3ec
LP
703 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
704 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
705 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
706 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
707 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5cadf58e
ZJS
708 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
709 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
41a4c3ec
LP
710 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
711 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
712 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
713
704ae536
YW
714 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
715 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
716 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
717 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
41a4c3ec
LP
718
719 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
720 about its state.
721
73c718a9
YW
722 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
723 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
724 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
725 "timedatectl set-ntp".
726
41a4c3ec
LP
727 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
728 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5cadf58e 729 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
41a4c3ec
LP
730 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
731 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
732 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
733 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
734 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
735 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
5cadf58e 736 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
41a4c3ec
LP
737 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
738
5cadf58e 739 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
41a4c3ec
LP
740 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
741
5cadf58e 742 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
41a4c3ec 743 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
5cadf58e
ZJS
744 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
745 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
41a4c3ec
LP
746 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
747 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
748
749 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
750 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
751 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
752 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
753 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
754 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
755 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
756
757 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
758 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
c7f93e28
ZJS
759 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
760 shown.)
41a4c3ec 761
41a4c3ec
LP
762 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
763 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
764 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
765 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
766 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
767 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
768 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
769 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
770 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
771
772 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
773 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
774 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
775
776 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
777 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
c7f93e28
ZJS
778 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
779 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
780 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
781 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
782 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
783 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
41a4c3ec
LP
784
785 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
786
787 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
5cadf58e 788 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
41a4c3ec
LP
789 automatically when the system clock changed.)
790
791 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
792 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
793
a8a27374
SK
794 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
795 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
796 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
41a4c3ec 797
d6906108
LP
798 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
799
a8a27374 800 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
d6906108
LP
801
802 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
803 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
804
41a4c3ec
LP
805 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
806 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
807 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
808 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
809 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
810 external user databases.
811
812 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
813 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
814 refused due to the enforced limits.
815
816 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
817 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
818 manages.
819
c49a7cbd
LP
820 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
821 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
822 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
823 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
824 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
825 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
826 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
827 wher this is now used by default.
828
57ab451e
ZJS
829 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
830 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
831
c7668c1c
LP
832 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
833 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
834 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
835 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
836 update process in a generic way.
837
41a4c3ec 838 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
ec53d48c 839 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
bb6f071f
LP
840 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
841 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
842 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
843 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
844 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
845 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
846 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
847 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
848 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
849 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
850 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
851 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
852 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
853 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
854 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
855 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
856 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
857 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
858 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
859 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
61d0025d 860 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
bb6f071f
LP
861 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
862 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
863 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
864 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
865 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
866 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
41a4c3ec 867
e8498f82 868 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
41a4c3ec 869
c657bff1 870CHANGES WITH 238:
e0c46a73
LP
871
872 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
873 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
874 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
875 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
444d5863
ZJS
876 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
877 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
878 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
879 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
880 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
07a35e84 881 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
444d5863
ZJS
882 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
883 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
884 to revert this change.
e0c46a73 885
313c32c3
ZJS
886 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
887 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
888 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
889 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
890 once at the end of the transaction.
891
892 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
893 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
894 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
895 scripts.
896
897 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
898 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
899 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
900 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
901 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
902 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
903 still allowing local admin overrides.
904
07a35e84 905 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
313c32c3
ZJS
906 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
907 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
908
909 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
07a35e84 910 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
313c32c3
ZJS
911 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
912 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
913 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
914
915 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
916 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
917 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
918 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
919 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
920 from package installation scripts.
921
922 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
923 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
924 without the user number ("u username -:456").
925
926 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
927 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
928
929 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
930 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
931 /sbin/nologin for other users).
932
933 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
934 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
935 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
936 --systemd, --user, or --global).
937
938 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
939 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
940 which are triggered meanwhile).
941
942 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
943 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
944 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
945 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
946 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
947
948 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
949 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
950 rotated very quickly.
951
952 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
953 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
954 pending bus messages.
955
956 * systemd gained a new
957 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
958 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
959 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
960 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
961 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
962 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
963 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
964 again in pure cgroups v2 environments when invoked from the user
965 session scope.
966
967 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
968 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
969 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
970 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
971 the tree to be accessed.
972
973 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
974 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
975 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
976
977 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
978 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
979 to keys in the main keyring.
980
981 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
982
983 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
984 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
985
986 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
987
988 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
989 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
990 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
991 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
992 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
993 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
994 explicitly.
995
996 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
997 the colour of "OK" status messages.
998
999 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
1000 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
1001 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
1002 be restarted.
1003
1004 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
1005 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
1006
c657bff1
ZJS
1007 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
1008 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
1009 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
1010 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
1011 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
1012 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
1013 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
1014 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1015 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
1016 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
1017 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
1018 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
1019 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1020 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1021 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
1022 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
1023
1024 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
1025
82c8e3e6 1026CHANGES WITH 237:
2b0c59ba
MP
1027
1028 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
1029 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
1030 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
1031 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
1032
49e87292
LP
1033 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
1034 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
1035 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
1036 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
1037 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
1038 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
1039 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
15c5594b
ZJS
1040 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
1041 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
1042 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
49e87292 1043
82c8e3e6
LP
1044 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
1045 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
1046 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
1047 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
1048 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
1049 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
1050 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
1051 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
1052 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
1053 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
1054
95894b91
LP
1055 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
1056 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
1057 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
1058 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
1059 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
1060 now provides explicit control.
1061
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
1062 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
1063 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
95894b91
LP
1064 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
1065 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
1066 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
1a0cd2c7
ZJS
1067 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
1068 unit types that already supported transient operation.
95894b91
LP
1069
1070 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
1071 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
1072 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
1073
1074 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
1075 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
1076
1077 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
1078 .network files all gained support for a new condition
1079 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
1080 versions.
1081
1082 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6cddc792 1083 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
95894b91
LP
1084 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
1085 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
1086 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
1087 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
1088 understands RapidCommit=.
1089
1090 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
1091 Delegation.
1092
1093 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
1094 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
1095 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
1096 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
1097 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
1098 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
1099 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
1100 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
1101 --watch-bind= command line switch.
1102
1103 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
1104 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
1105 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
1106 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
1107 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
1108 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
1109 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
1110 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
caf2a2d8 1111 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
95894b91
LP
1112 "Disconnected" signals).
1113
1114 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
1115 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
1116 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
1117 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
1118 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
1119 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
1120 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
1121 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
1122 round-trips are removed.
1123
1124 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
1125 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
1126 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
1127 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
1128
1129 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
1130 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
1131 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
1132 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
1133 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
1134 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
1135
1136 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
1137 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
1138 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
1139 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6cddc792
CR
1140 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
1141 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
95894b91
LP
1142 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
1143 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
1144 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
1145 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
1146
1147 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6cddc792
CR
1148 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
1149 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
95894b91
LP
1150 when the event source is destroyed.
1151
1152 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
1153 connections.
1154
6cddc792
CR
1155 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
1156 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
1157 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
95894b91
LP
1158 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
1159 new transitional flag file has been added: if
1160 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
1161 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
1162
1163 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
1164 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
1165 manager.
1166
31751f7e 1167 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
e6501af8
ZJS
1168 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
1169 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
1170 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
1171 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
1172
56a29112 1173 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
508058c9 1174 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
56a29112 1175 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
508058c9
LP
1176 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
1177 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
56a29112 1178 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
508058c9
LP
1179
1180 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
bc99dac5 1181 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
508058c9
LP
1182 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
1183 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
1184 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
56a29112 1185 level/target is given as an argument.
95894b91 1186
508058c9
LP
1187 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
1188 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
1189 where UID and GID do not match.
1190
95894b91 1191 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
508058c9
LP
1192 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
1193 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
1194 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
1195 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1196 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
1197 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
1198 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
1199 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
1200 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
1201 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
1202 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
1203 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
1204 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
1205 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
1206 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
1207 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
1208 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
1209 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
1210 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
1211 Палаузов
1212
1213 — Brno, 2018-01-28
2b0c59ba 1214
a1b2c92d 1215CHANGES WITH 236:
195b943d 1216
89780840
ZJS
1217 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
1218 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
1219 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
1220 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
195b943d 1221
3925496a
LP
1222 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
1223 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
1224 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
1225 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
1226 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
1227 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
1228 valid specifiers today.)
751223fe 1229
e6b2d948 1230 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
89780840
ZJS
1231 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
1232 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
1233 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
1234 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
1235 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
e6b2d948 1236
67eb5b38
LP
1237 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
1238 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
1239 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
1240 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
1241
89780840
ZJS
1242 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
1243 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
1244 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
1245 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
1246 services are resolved properly.
67eb5b38 1247
3925496a
LP
1248 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
1249 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
1250 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
1251 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
1252 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
1253 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
1254 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
1255 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
1256 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
1257 and btrfs.
1258
67eb5b38
LP
1259 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
1260 DNS server and domain information.
1261
1262 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
1263 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
1264 runtime.
1265
89780840 1266 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
67eb5b38
LP
1267 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
1268 empty for the first time.
1269
8ea2dcb0
ZJS
1270 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
1271 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
1272 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
1273 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
1274 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
1275 running in the user session.
1276
1277 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
1278 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
1279 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
1280 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
1281 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
1282 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
67eb5b38 1283 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
8ea2dcb0 1284 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
67eb5b38
LP
1285 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
1286 user instance).
1287
1288 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
1289 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
1290
1291 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
89780840
ZJS
1292 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
1293 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
1294 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
67eb5b38
LP
1295
1296 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
89780840 1297 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
67eb5b38
LP
1298
1299 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
1300 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
1301 sleep verbs.
1302
e9ad86d5 1303 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
67eb5b38
LP
1304
1305 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
89780840 1306 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
67eb5b38 1307
89780840 1308 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
67eb5b38 1309
89780840
ZJS
1310 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
1311 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
1312 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
67eb5b38 1313
89780840
ZJS
1314 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
1315 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
1316 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
1317 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
1318 instance.
67eb5b38
LP
1319
1320 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
1321 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
1322 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
1323
1324 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
1325 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
1326 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
1327
89780840 1328 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
67eb5b38 1329
89780840
ZJS
1330 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
1331 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
1332 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
1333 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
1334 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
1335 processes.
67eb5b38 1336
89780840
ZJS
1337 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
1338 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
1339 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
1340 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
67eb5b38
LP
1341
1342 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
1343 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
1344 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
1345
89780840
ZJS
1346 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
1347 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
1348 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
1349 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
1350 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
1351
67eb5b38
LP
1352 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
1353 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
1354
1355 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
1356 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
1357 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
1358 time the specified expression would elapse.
1359
1360 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
89780840
ZJS
1361 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
1362 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
1363 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
1364 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
1365 types, not just services.
67eb5b38
LP
1366
1367 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
dd014eeb 1368 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
67eb5b38
LP
1369 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
1370 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
1371
1372 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
1373 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
1374 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
1375 interface for this purpose.
1376
1377 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
1378 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
1379 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
1380 anyway.
1381
f09eb768
LP
1382 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
1383 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3925496a
LP
1384 requirements of systemd.
1385
1386 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
1387 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
1388 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
1389
1390 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
1391 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
1392 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
1393 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
1394
a327431b
DB
1395 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
1396 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
1397 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
1398 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
1399
ea2a3c9e
LP
1400 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
1401 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
1402
a1b2c92d
LP
1403 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
1404 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
1405 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
1406 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
1407 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
1408 managing software supports (such as pppd).
1409
1410 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
1411 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
1412 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
1413
3925496a
LP
1414 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
1415 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
1416 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
ea2a3c9e 1417 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
a1b2c92d
LP
1418 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
1419 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
1420 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
1421 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
1422 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
1423 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
1424 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
1425 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
1426 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
1427 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
1428 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
1429 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
1430 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
1431 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
1432 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
1433 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
1434 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
1435 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1436 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
67eb5b38 1437
ea2a3c9e 1438 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3754abc5 1439
582faeb4
DJL
1440CHANGES WITH 235:
1441
2bcbffd6
LP
1442 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
1443 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
1444 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
1445 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
23d37367 1446 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
2bcbffd6
LP
1447 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
1448 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
1449 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
1450 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
1451 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
1452 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
1453 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
1454 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
1455 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
1456 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
1457 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
1458 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
1459 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
1460 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
1461 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
1462 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
1463 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
1464 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
1465 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
1466 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
1467 IPAddressDeny= see below.
1468
fccf5419
LP
1469 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
1470 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
1471 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
1472 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
1473 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
1474 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
1475 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
1476 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
582faeb4 1477
ef5a8cb1 1478 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
21723f53
ZJS
1479 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
1480 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
1481 used to change those values.
ef5a8cb1 1482
fccf5419
LP
1483 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
1484 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21723f53
ZJS
1485 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
1486 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
1487 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
1488 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
fccf5419 1489
21723f53
ZJS
1490 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
1491 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
1492 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
1493 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
fccf5419
LP
1494
1495 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
1496 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
1497 one top-level directory.
1498
1499 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1500 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
1501 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
21723f53 1502 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
fccf5419
LP
1503 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
1504 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
1505 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
1506 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
1507 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
1508 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
1509 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
75dfbbac
LP
1510 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
1511 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
1512 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
1513 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
fccf5419
LP
1514
1515 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
1516 Meson-only.
1517
1518 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
1519 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
1520 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
1521 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
1522 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
1523 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
1524 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
1525 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
1526 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
1527 acceptable to us.
1528
1529 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
1530 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
1531 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
1532 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
1533 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
1534 requested at build time.
1535
1536 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
1537 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
1538 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
1539 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
1540 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
1541 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
1542 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
1543 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
1544 Type= setting which permits configuring
1545 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
1546
1547 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
1548 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
1549 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
1550 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
1551 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
1552 local frames between bridge ports.
1553
1554 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
1555 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
1556 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
1557
1558 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
21723f53 1559 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
fccf5419
LP
1560
1561 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
21723f53
ZJS
1562 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
1563 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
fccf5419
LP
1564 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
1565
1566 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
1567 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
1568 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
21723f53
ZJS
1569 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
1570 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
1571 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
1572 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
fccf5419
LP
1573 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
1574
1575 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
1576 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
1577 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
1578 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
1579 command.)
1580
1581 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
1582 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
1583 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
1584
44898c53
LP
1585 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
1586 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
fccf5419
LP
1587 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
1588 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
1589
1590 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
1591 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
1592 configured, except for the credentials applied by
1593 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
1594 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
1595 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
1596 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
1597 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
1598 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
1599 on systems where this is not supported.
1600
1601 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
1602 sockets.
1603
1604 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
1605 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
1606 during runtime.
1607
1608 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
1609 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
21723f53 1610 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
fccf5419
LP
1611
1612 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
1613 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
1614 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
1615
1616 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
1617 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
21723f53
ZJS
1618 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
1619 Following this logic, two new special targets
fccf5419 1620 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
21723f53
ZJS
1621 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
1622 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
fccf5419
LP
1623
1624 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
21723f53
ZJS
1625 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
1626 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
fccf5419
LP
1627 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
1628
1629 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
1630 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
1631 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
1632 --wait".
1633
1634 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
1635 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
1636 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
1637 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
1638 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
1639 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
1640 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
1641 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
1642 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
1643
21723f53 1644 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
608f70e6 1645 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
fccf5419
LP
1646 containing information about the consumed resources of this
1647 invocation.
1648
1649 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
1650 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
1651 processes.
1652
e06fafb2
LP
1653 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
1654 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
1655 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
21723f53
ZJS
1656 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
1657 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
e06fafb2
LP
1658 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
1659 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
1660 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
1661 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
1662 systems for all five operations.
1663
1664 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
1665 the system.
1666
fccf5419
LP
1667 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
1668 than UTC or the local timezone.
1669
f6e64b78 1670 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
21723f53
ZJS
1671 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
1672 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
1673 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
1674 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
1675 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
1676 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
1677 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
f6e64b78 1678
d55b0463
LP
1679 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
1680 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
1681 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
1682 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
cf84484a
LP
1683 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
1684 again.
1685
1686 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
1687 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
1688 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
d55b0463 1689
fccf5419
LP
1690 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
1691 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
76451c1d
LP
1692 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
1693 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
1694 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
1695 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
1696 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
1697 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
1698 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
1699 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
1700 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
1701 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
1702 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
1703 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
1704 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
1705 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
1706 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
1707 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
1708 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
1709 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
fccf5419 1710
c1719d8b 1711 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
fccf5419 1712
4b4da299
LP
1713CHANGES WITH 234:
1714
1715 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
1716 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
1717 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
1718 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
1719 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
1720 summary:
1721
1722 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
1723
1724 becomes:
1725
1726 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
1727
1728 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
1729 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
1730 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
1731 .device units.
1732
1733 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
1734 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
1735 running a systemd user instance.
1736
1737 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
1738 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
1739 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
1740 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
1741 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
1742 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
1743
9f09a95a 1744 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4b4da299
LP
1745
1746 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
1747 (domain search list).
1748
1749 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
bc99dac5 1750 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4b4da299
LP
1751 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
1752 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
1753 implementation of RA.
1754
1755 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
1756 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
1757 ISO date values.
1758
1759 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
1760 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
1761 devices.
1762
1763 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
1764 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
1765 option.
1766
1767 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7f7ab228
ZJS
1768 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
1769 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
1770 default yet.
4b4da299
LP
1771
1772 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
1773 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
1774 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
1775 SHA256SUMS files.
1776
1777 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
1778 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
1779
1780 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
1781
1782 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
1783
1784 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
1785 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
5486a31d
ZJS
1786
1787 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
1788 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
1789 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
1790 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
1791
9f09a95a
ZJS
1792 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
1793 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
38d93385 1794 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
9f09a95a
ZJS
1795 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
1796 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
1797 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
1798 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
1799 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
1800 systemd-logind to be safe. See
1801 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
1802
9d8813b3
YW
1803 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
1804 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
1805 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
1806 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
38d93385 1807 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
9d8813b3
YW
1808 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
1809
184d2c15 1810 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
ac172e52
LP
1811 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
1812 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
1813 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
1814 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
184d2c15
LP
1815 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
1816 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
1817 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1818 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
ac172e52
LP
1819 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
1820 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
1821 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
1822 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
1823 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
1824 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
1825 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
1826 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
1827 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
1828 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
1829 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
1830 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
1831 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
1832 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
1833 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
1834 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
184d2c15
LP
1835 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
1836 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
ac172e52
LP
1837 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
1838 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
1839 Георгиевски
4b4da299 1840
ac172e52 1841 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4b4da299 1842
a2b53448 1843CHANGES WITH 233:
d08ee7cb 1844
23eb30b3
ZJS
1845 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
1846 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
1847 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
1848 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
1849 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
1850 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
1851 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
1852 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
1853 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
1854
1855 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
1856 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
1857 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
1858 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
1859 default selected on the configure command line
1860 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
1861 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
1862 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
1863 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
1864 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
1865 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
1866 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
1867 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
1868 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
1869 greatest stability and compatibility only.
1870
1871 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
1872 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
1873 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
1874 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
1875 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
1876 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
1877 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
1878 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
1879 further details about this.)
1880
fb7c4eff
MG
1881 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
1882 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
1883 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
1884
23eb30b3
ZJS
1885 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
1886 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
1887
d60c5270 1888 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4dfe64f8
ZJS
1889 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
1890 with 'make install-tests'.
1891
23eb30b3
ZJS
1892 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
1893 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
1894 kernel.
1895
1896 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
1897 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
1898 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
1899 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
1900 by the Slice= option.
1901
5cfc0a84
LP
1902 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
1903 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
1904 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
1905 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
1906
2bcc3309
FB
1907 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
1908 following choices:
1909
b0eb2944 1910 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
dd6f9ac0 1911 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 1912 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 1913 (h)elp
eedf223a 1914 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
56fde33a 1915 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
2bcc3309
FB
1916 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
1917 (y)es, execute the command
1918
1919 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
1920 because its meaning was confusing.
1921
d08ee7cb
LP
1922 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
1923 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
1924
8e458bfe
JW
1925 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
1926 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
1927 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
1928
85266f9b
LP
1929 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
1930 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
1931 state directly, without executing these commands.
1932
baf32786
MP
1933 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
1934 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
23eb30b3 1935 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
fa8b4499 1936
631b676b
LP
1937 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
1938 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
1939 combination with After=) have been started.
1940
d08ee7cb
LP
1941 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
1942 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
23eb30b3 1943 setting, and which system calls they contain.
d08ee7cb
LP
1944
1945 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
23eb30b3 1946 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
d08ee7cb 1947 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
23eb30b3 1948 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
d08ee7cb
LP
1949 configuration related calls.
1950
1951 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
1952 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
1953 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
23eb30b3
ZJS
1954 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
1955 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
1956 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
1957 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
d08ee7cb 1958
23eb30b3
ZJS
1959 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
1960 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
d08ee7cb
LP
1961
1962 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
1963 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
1964 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
1965
23eb30b3
ZJS
1966 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
1967 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
1968
1969 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
1970 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
1971 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
1972 for compatibility.
1973
1974 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
1975 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
1976
1977 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
1978 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
1979
1980 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
1981 support for negative matching.
1982
d08ee7cb
LP
1983 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
1984
1985 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
1986 permitted runtime of the mount command.
1987
1988 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
1989 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
1990 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
1991 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
1992 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
1993 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
1994 removed from the drive.
1995
23eb30b3
ZJS
1996 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
1997 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
d08ee7cb
LP
1998
1999 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
2000 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
2001
23eb30b3
ZJS
2002 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
2003 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
2004 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
d08ee7cb
LP
2005
2006 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
2007 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
2008 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
2009 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
baf32786
MP
2010 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
2011 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
2012 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
d08ee7cb
LP
2013
2014 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
2015 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
2016 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
23eb30b3 2017 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
d08ee7cb
LP
2018 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
2019 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
2020
2021 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
2022 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
2023
23eb30b3
ZJS
2024 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
2025 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
d08ee7cb 2026 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
baf32786 2027 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
d08ee7cb
LP
2028 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
2029 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
2030 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
2031 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
2032
2033 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
2034 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
2035 including all control processes.
2036
2037 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
2038 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
2039 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
2040
2041 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2042 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
2043 prefixing the source path with "+".
2044
2045 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
2046 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
2047 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
2048 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
2049 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
2050 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
2051 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
2052 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
2053
baf32786
MP
2054 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
2055 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
2056 before).
d08ee7cb
LP
2057
2058 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
2059 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
2060 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
2061 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
2062 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
2063 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
2064 the new --root-hash= command line option).
2065
2066 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
2067 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
2068 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
2069 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
2070 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
2071 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
2072 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3b31c466 2073 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
d08ee7cb
LP
2074 versions.
2075
2076 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
baf32786 2077 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
d08ee7cb
LP
2078 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
2079 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
2080 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
2081 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
2082 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
2083 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
2084 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
2085 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
2086 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
2087 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
2088 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
2089 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
2090 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
2091 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
2092 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
2093 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
2094 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
2095 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
2096 a Verity-enabled root partition.
2097
d08ee7cb
LP
2098 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
2099 accelerometer quirks.
2100
2101 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
2102 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
2103 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
2104 ID of each service.
2105
2106 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
2107 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
2108 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
2109 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
2110 view.
2111
2112 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
2113 environment variables:
2114
a8a27374 2115 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
d08ee7cb
LP
2116
2117 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
2118 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
2119 address.
2120
2121 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
2122 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
2123 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
2124
d08ee7cb 2125 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
23eb30b3
ZJS
2126 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
2127 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
2128 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
2129 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
d08ee7cb 2130 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
23eb30b3
ZJS
2131 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
2132 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
d08ee7cb
LP
2133 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
2134 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
2135 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
2136 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
23eb30b3 2137 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
d08ee7cb
LP
2138
2139 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
2140 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
2141 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
2142
2143 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
2144 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
2145
2146 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
2147 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
2148 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
2149 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
23eb30b3 2150 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
d08ee7cb
LP
2151
2152 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
2153 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
2154 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
2155
2156 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
2157 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
2158
2159 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
2160 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
2161 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
2162 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
2163
2164 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
2165 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
2166 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
2167 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
2168 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
2169 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
2170 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
2171 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
2172 possibly even including full integrity data.
2173
2174 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
baf32786 2175 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
d08ee7cb
LP
2176 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
2177 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
2178 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
2179
2180 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
2181 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
2182 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
2183 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
2184 directly with systemd-nspawn.
2185
d08ee7cb 2186 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
23eb30b3 2187 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
d08ee7cb
LP
2188 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
2189 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
2190
c1ec34d1 2191 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
d08ee7cb
LP
2192 of coredumps in reverse order.
2193
23eb30b3
ZJS
2194 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
2195 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
2196 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
2197 additional informational message in its output.
2198
2199 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
2200 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
2201 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
2202
d08ee7cb 2203 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
23eb30b3 2204 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
d08ee7cb
LP
2205 scripting languages such as Python.
2206
2207 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
2208 namespacing is enabled for them.
2209
baf32786 2210 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
d08ee7cb
LP
2211 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
2212 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
baf32786 2213 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
23eb30b3
ZJS
2214 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
2215 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
d08ee7cb 2216
a2b53448
LP
2217 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
2218 root key (KSK).
2219
a2b53448
LP
2220 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
2221 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
2222 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
2223
d08ee7cb
LP
2224 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
2225 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
2226 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
2227 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
2228 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
2229 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
2230 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
2231 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
2232 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
a2b53448
LP
2233 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
2234 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
2235 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
2236 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
2237 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
2238 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
2239 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
2240 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
2241 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
2242 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
2243 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
2244 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
2245 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
2246 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
2247 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
2248 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
2249 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
2250 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
2251 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
2252 Тихонов
2253
2254 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
d08ee7cb 2255
54b24597 2256CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 2257
05f426d2
LP
2258 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
2259 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
2260 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
2261 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
2262 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
2263 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
2264
4ffe2479
ZJS
2265 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
2266 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
2267
6fa44114 2268 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
2269 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
2270 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 2271
4a77c53d
ZJS
2272 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
2273 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
2274 to be remounted read-only for a service.
2275
e49e2c25 2276 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
2277 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
2278 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
2279 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
2280
6fa44114 2281 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
2282 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
2283
2284 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
2285 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
2286 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
2287
4ffe2479
ZJS
2288 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
2289 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
2290 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
2291 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
2292 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
2293 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
2294 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
2295 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
2296 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
2297 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 2298
171ae2cd 2299 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 2300 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 2301 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2302
2303 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
2304 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
2305 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
2306 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2307
2308 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
2309 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
2310 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
2311 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
2312
2313 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
2314 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
2315
2316 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
2317 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
2318 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
2319 and the support is provisional.
2320
171ae2cd
LP
2321 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
2322 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
2323 unit files in the file system).
2324
2325 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
2326 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
2327 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
2328 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
2329 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
2330 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
2331 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
2332 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
2333 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
2334 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
2335 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
2336 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2337
2338 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
2339 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
2340 option.
2341
2342 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
2343 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
2344 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
2345 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
2346 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
2347 else.
2348
171ae2cd
LP
2349 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
2350 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
2351 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
2352 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
2353 bootable on physical systems.
2354
4a77c53d 2355 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2356
2357 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
2358 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
2359 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
2360 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
2361 used.
2362
2363 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 2364 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
2365 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
2366 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
2367
05ecf467 2368 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 2369
d4c08299 2370 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
2371 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
2372 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
2373 of the container).
2374
171ae2cd 2375 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
2376 files from the specified location.
2377
2378 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
2379 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
2380 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
2381 be active.
2382
2383 * The hardware database has been extended to support
2384 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
2385 trackball devices.
2386
2387 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
2388 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
2389 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
2390
2391 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
2392 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
2393 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 2394
171ae2cd 2395 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
2396 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
2397
171ae2cd 2398 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 2399 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
2400 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
2401 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
2402 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
2403
2404 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
2405 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
2406 are automatically propagated to the container.
2407
2408 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
2409 from a single IP address can be limited with
2410 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
2411 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 2412
4a77c53d
ZJS
2413 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
2414 configuration.
2415
2416 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
2417 drop-ins.
2418
4ffe2479
ZJS
2419 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
2420 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
2421 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
2422 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
2423 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
2424 [Link] section of .link files.
2425
171ae2cd
LP
2426 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
2427 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
2428 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
2429 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 2430
171ae2cd 2431 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
2432 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
2433 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
2434
171ae2cd 2435 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
2436 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
2437 .network files.
2438
171ae2cd
LP
2439 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
2440 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
2441 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
2442 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 2443
4a77c53d 2444 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 2445 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
2446 has been traditionally doing.
2447
2448 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
2449 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
2450 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
2451 prevent any later plugins from running.
2452
76153ad4 2453 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 2454 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
2455 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
2456 default of SplitMode=uid.
2457
4a77c53d
ZJS
2458 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
2459 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
2460 useful.
2461
4ffe2479
ZJS
2462 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
2463 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
2464 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
2465 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
2466 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
2467 individual namespaces.
2468
171ae2cd
LP
2469 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
2470 the output, as well as OS release information.
2471
2472 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
2473
2474 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
2475 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
2476 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
2477 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
2478 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
2479
2480 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
bc99dac5 2481 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
171ae2cd
LP
2482 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
2483 severed.
2484
2485 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
2486 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
2487 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
2488 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
2489 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
2490 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
2491 information about exit statuses and results.
2492
4c37970d
LP
2493 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
2494 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
2495 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
2496 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
2497 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
2498 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
2499
2500 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
2501
2502 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
2503 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
2504 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
2505 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
2506 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
2507 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
2508 entirely.
2509
2510 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
2511 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
2512 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
2513
2514 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
2515 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
2516 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
2517 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
2518 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
2519 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
2520 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
2521 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
2522 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
2523 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
2524 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
2525 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
2526 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
2527 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
2528 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
2529 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
2530 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
2531
2532 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
2533 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
2534 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
2535 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
2536
2537 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
2538 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
2539 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
2540 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
2541
2542 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
2543 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
2544 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
2545 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
2546 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
2547 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
2548 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
2549 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
2550 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
2551 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
2552 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
2553 fragment entirely.)
2554
2555 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
2556 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
2557 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
2558
2559 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
2560 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
2561 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
2562 FileDescriptorName= setting.
2563
2564 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
2565 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
2566 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
2567 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
2568 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
2569 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
2570
2571 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
2572 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
2573
b4eed568
LP
2574 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
2575 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
2576
2577 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
2578 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
2579 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
2580 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
2581 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
2582
07393b6e
LP
2583 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
2584 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
2585 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
2586 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2587 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
2588 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
2589 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
2590 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
2591 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
2592 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
2593 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
2594 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
2595 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
2596 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
2597 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2598 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
2599 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
2600 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
2601 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
2602 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
2603 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
2604 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
2605 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
2606 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
2607 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2608 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
2609
54b24597 2610 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 2611
5cd118ba
MP
2612CHANGES WITH 231:
2613
fcd30826
LP
2614 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
2615 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 2616 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
2617 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
2618 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
2619 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
2620 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
2621 independently.
2622
2623 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
2624 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
2625
2626 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
2627 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
2628 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
2629 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 2630 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
2631 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
2632 values.
2633
2634 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
2635 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
2636 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
2637 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
2638 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
2639
2640 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
2641 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
2642 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
2643 7:10am every day.
2644
2645 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
2646 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
2647 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
2648 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
2649 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
2650 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
2651 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
2652 available for compatibility.
2653
2654 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
2655 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
2656 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
2657 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
2658 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
2659 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
2660
2661 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
2662 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
2663 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
2664 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
2665 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
2666 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
2667 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
2668 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
2669 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
2670
2671 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
2672 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
2673 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
2674 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
2675 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
2676 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
2677 desired options.
2678
fcd30826
LP
2679 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
2680 cgroupsv2.
2681
2682 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
2683 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
2684 limited to subgroups of that group.
2685
2686 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
2687 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
2688 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 2689 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
2690 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
2691 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
2692 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
2693 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
2694
2695 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
2696 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
2697 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
2698 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
2699 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
2700 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
2701 own long-running services.
2702
2703 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
2704 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
2705 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
2706 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
2707
2708 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
2709 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
2710 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
2711 propagates this notification further to the service manager
2712 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
2713 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
2714 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
2715 primitives.
2716
2717 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
2718 "terminate".
2719
2720 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
2721 link-local IPv6 addresses.
2722
2723 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
2724 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
2725 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
2726 --flush-caches".
2727
771de3f5 2728 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
2729 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
2730 is shown.
2731
2732 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
2733 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
2734 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 2735 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
2736 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
2737 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
2738
2739 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
2740 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
2741 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
2742 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
2743 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
2744 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
2745 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
2746 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
2747 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
2748 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
2749 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
2750 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
2751 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
2752 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
2753 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
2754 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
2755 bus API instead.
2756
2757 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
2758 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
2759 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
2760 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
2761
2762 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
2763 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
2764 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
2765 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
2766
2767 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
2768 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
2769 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
2770
2771 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
2772 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
2773
2774 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
2775 interface configuration.
2776
2777 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
2778 specifying the --force switch.
2779
2780 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
2781 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
2782 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
2783
43a569a1
ZJS
2784 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
2785 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
2786 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
2787 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 2788 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
2789 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
2790 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
2791 to be handled.
2792
2793 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
2794 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
2795
2796 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
2797 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
2798
2799 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
2800 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
2801 of persistent symlinks for that device.
2802
0f1da52b
LP
2803 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
2804 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
2805
2806 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
2807 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
2808 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
2809 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
2810 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
2811 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
ead6bd25 2812 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
2813 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
2814 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
2815 library.
43a569a1 2816
fcd30826
LP
2817 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
2818 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
2819 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
2820 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
2821 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
2822 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 2823 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
2824 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
2825 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
f09eb768 2826 doc/HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 2827
4ffe2479
ZJS
2828 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
2829 distribution's bugtracker.
2830
38b383d9
LP
2831 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
2832 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
2833 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
2834 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
2835 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
2836 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
2837 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
2838 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
2839 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
2840 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
2841 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
2842 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
2843 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
2844 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
2845 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
2846 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
2847 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
2848 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 2849 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 2850
38b383d9 2851 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 2852
46e40fab 2853CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 2854
61ecb465
LP
2855 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
2856 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
2857 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
2858 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
2859 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
2860 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
2861 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
2862 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
2863 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 2864 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
2865 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
2866 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
2867 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
2868 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
2869 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
2870 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
2871 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
2872 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
2873 applications.)
61ecb465 2874
96515dbf 2875 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 2876 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 2877 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 2878
97e5530c
ZJS
2879 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
2880 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 2881 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
2882 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
2883 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
2884 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
2885 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
2886
2887 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
2888 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
2889 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 2890 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 2891 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 2892 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
2893
2894 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
2895 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
2896 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
2897 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
2898 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
2899 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 2900
95365a57 2901 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 2902 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 2903
e75690c3
ZJS
2904 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
2905 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 2906 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
2907
2908 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
2909
96515dbf 2910 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 2911 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
2912 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
2913 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
2914 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 2915
96515dbf
ZJS
2916 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
2917 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
2918 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 2919 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 2920
e40a326c
LP
2921 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
2922 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
2923 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
2924 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
2925 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
2926 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 2927
e40a326c
LP
2928 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
2929 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
2930 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
2931
2932 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
2933 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
2934 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
2935 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
2936 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
2937 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
2938
2939 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
2940 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
2941 address.
2942
2943 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
2944 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
2945 should be emitted.
96515dbf 2946
e40a326c 2947 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
2948 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
2949 supported.
2950
e40a326c
LP
2951 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
2952 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
2953 logging performance.
96515dbf 2954
e75690c3
ZJS
2955 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
2956 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
2957 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
2958 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
2959 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
2960 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
2961
2962 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
2963 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
2964 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
2965 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
2966
e40a326c
LP
2967 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
2968 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
2969
2970 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
2971 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
2972 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
2973
e75690c3 2974 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
2975
2976 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
2977 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
2978 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
2979 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 2980
e75690c3
ZJS
2981 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
2982 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
2983 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
2984 refuse to operate on such files.
2985
e40a326c
LP
2986 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
2987 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
2988 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
2989
2990 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
2991 just hidden container images.
2992
e40a326c
LP
2993 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
2994 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
2995
e40a326c
LP
2996 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
2997 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
2998 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
2999 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
3000 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
3001 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
3002 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
3003 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
3004 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
3005 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
3006 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 3007
25b0e6cb
LP
3008 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
3009 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
3010 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
3011 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
3012 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
3013 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
3014 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
3015 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
3016 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
3017 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
3018 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
3019 terminates.
3020
e40a326c 3021 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
3022 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
3023 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
3024 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 3025
030bd839 3026 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
3027 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
3028 rate of the socket unit.
3029
3030 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
3031 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
3032 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
3033 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
3034 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
3035
999a43f8
LP
3036 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
3037 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
3038 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 3039 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
3040 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
3041 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
3042 with this.
3043
e75690c3
ZJS
3044 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
3045 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
3046
3047 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
3048 merged into the kernel in its current form.
3049
3050 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
3051 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
3052 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
3053 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
3054 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
3055
3056 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
3057 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
3058 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
3059
4f9020fa
DR
3060 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
3061 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
3062 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
3063 target is now included in early userspace.
3064
e75690c3
ZJS
3065 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
3066 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
3067 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
3068 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
3069 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
3070 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
3071 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
3072 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
3073 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
3074 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
3075 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
3076 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
3077 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
3078 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
3079 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
3080 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
3081 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
3082 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
3083 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
3084 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3085 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
3086 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
3087 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
3088 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
3089 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3090 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 3091
46e40fab 3092 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 3093
61f32bff
MP
3094CHANGES WITH 229:
3095
d5f8b295
LP
3096 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
3097 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
3098 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
3099 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
3100 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
3101 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
3102 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
3103 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
3104 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
3105 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
3106 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
3107 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
3108 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
3109
3110 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
3111 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
3112 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
3113 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
3114
3115 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
3116 devices.
3117
a7c723c0
LP
3118 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
3119 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
3120 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
3121 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
3122 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
3123 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
3124 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
3125 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
3126 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
3127 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
3128 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
3129 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
3130 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
3131 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
3132 this limit.
3133
3134 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
3135 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
3136 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
3137 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
3138 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
3139 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
3140 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
3141 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
3142
3143 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
3144 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
3145 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
3146 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
3147 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
3148 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
3149 and group at package installation time.
3150
d5f8b295
LP
3151 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
3152 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
3153 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
3154 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
3155 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
3156
8968aea0
MP
3157 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
3158 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
3159 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
3160 supports it.
3161
3162 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
3163 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
3164
3165 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
3166 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
3167 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
3168 file is already initialized.
3169
3170 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
3171 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
3172 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
3173 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
3174 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
3175 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
3176 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
3177 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
3178 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
3179
3180 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
3181 working directory for the process started in the container.
3182
ed5f8840
ZJS
3183 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
3184 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
3185 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
3186 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
3187 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
3188
3189 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
3190 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
3191 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
3192
3193 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
3194 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
3195 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
3196 sd_journal_restart_fields().
3197
3198 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
3199 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
3200 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
3201 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
3202 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
3203
3204 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
3205 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
3206 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
3207 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
3208
3209 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
3210 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
3211 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
3212 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
3213 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
3214 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
3215 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
3216 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 3217 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
3218 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
3219 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
3220 by PID 1.
3221
50f48ad3
DM
3222 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
3223 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
3224 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
3225 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
3226 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
3227 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
3228 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
3229 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
3230
3231 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
3232
d5f8b295 3233 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 3234 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
3235 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
3236
8968aea0
MP
3237 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
3238 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
3239 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
3240 recent kernels.
3241
3242 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
3243 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
3244
8968aea0 3245 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
3246 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
3247 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
3248 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
3249 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
3250 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
3251 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
3252 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
3253 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
3254 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 3255 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
3256 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
3257 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
3258
3259 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
3260 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
3261 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
3262 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
3263
3264 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
3265
3266 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
3267 sockets.
3268
3269 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
3270
3271 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
3272 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
3273 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
3274 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
3275 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
3276 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
3277
3278 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
3279 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
3280 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
3281
3282 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
3283 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
3284 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
3285 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
3286
3287 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 3288
dd95b381
LP
3289 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
3290 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
3291 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
3292 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
3293 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
3294 maintain compatibility.
3295
3545ab35
LP
3296 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
3297 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
3298 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
3299 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
3300 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
3301 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
3302 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
3303 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
3304 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
3305 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
3306 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
3307 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3308 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
3309 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
3310 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
3311 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
3312 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3313 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
3314 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3315
ccddd104 3316 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 3317
a11c7ea5
LP
3318CHANGES WITH 228:
3319
a11c7ea5
LP
3320 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
3321 files are now also available as properties to set when
3322 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
3323 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
3324 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
3325 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
3326 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
3327 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
3328 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
3329
28c85daf
LP
3330 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
3331 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
3332 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 3333
f1f8a5a5
LP
3334 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
3335 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
3336 created transiently.
3337
a11c7ea5
LP
3338 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
3339 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
3340 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
3341 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
3342 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 3343 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
3344 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
3345 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
3346
28c85daf
LP
3347 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
3348 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
3349 disk and sync the files, before returning.
3350
a11c7ea5
LP
3351 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
3352 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
3353 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
3354 enabled.
3355
f1f8a5a5
LP
3356 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
3357 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
3358 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
3359 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
3360 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
3361 subvolumes.
3362
a11c7ea5
LP
3363 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
3364 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
3365
28c85daf 3366 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
3367 individual indexes.
3368
28c85daf
LP
3369 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
3370 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
3371 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
3372 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
3373 suffixes now.
3374
f1f8a5a5
LP
3375 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
3376 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
3377 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
3378 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
3379 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
3380 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
3381 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
3382 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
3383 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
3384 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
3385 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
3386 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
3387 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
3388 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
3389 number of processes or tasks each user may own
3390 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
3391 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
3392 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
3393 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
3394 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
3395 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
3396
28c85daf
LP
3397 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
3398 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
3399 links between the host and the container.
3400
3401 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
3402 added that allows importing select environment variables
3403 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
3404 the service.
3405
ddb4b0d3 3406 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 3407 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
3408 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
3409 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
3410 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
3411 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
3412 than until they first elapse.
3413
a11c7ea5 3414 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
3415 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
3416 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
3417 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
3418 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
3419 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
3420 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
3421 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
3422
28c85daf
LP
3423 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
3424 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
3425 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
3426 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
3427 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
3428 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
3429 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 3430 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
3431 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
3432 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 3433
28c85daf
LP
3434 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
3435 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
3436 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 3437 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
3438 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
3439 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
3440 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
3441 software you package still references it, as this is a
3442 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
3443 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
3444
3445 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 3446
d5bd92bb
LP
3447 Note that only util-linux versions built with
3448 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
3449
a11c7ea5
LP
3450 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
3451 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
3452 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
3453
b9e2f7eb
LP
3454 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
3455 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
3456 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
3457 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
3458 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
3459 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
3460 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
3461 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
3462 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
3463 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
3464 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
3465 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
3466 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
3467 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
3468 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
3469 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
3470
3471 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
3472 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
3473 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
3474 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
3475 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
3476 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
3477 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
3478 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
3479 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
3480 surprises.
3481
28c85daf
LP
3482 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
3483 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
3484 to the various user database fields of the user that the
3485 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
3486 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
3487 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
3488 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
3489 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
3490 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
3491 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
3492 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 3493 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
3494 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
3495 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
3496 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
3497 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
3498 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
3499 of PID 1 is the root user).
3500
3501 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
3502 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
3503 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
3504 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
3505 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
3506 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
3507 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
3508 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
3509 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3510 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
3511 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
3512 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
3513 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3514 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
3515 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 3516
ccddd104 3517 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 3518
c97e586d
DM
3519CHANGES WITH 227:
3520
3521 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
3522 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
3523 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
3524
3525 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
3526 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
3527 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
3528 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
3529 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
3530 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
3531
d046fb93
LP
3532 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
3533 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
3534 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
3535 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 3536 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
3537
3538 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
3539 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
3540 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
3541 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
3542 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
3543 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
3544
3545 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 3546 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
3547 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
3548 automatically.
3549
21d86c61
DM
3550 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
3551 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
3552 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
3553
3554 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
3555 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
3556 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
3557 for disk IO.
3558
3559 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
3560 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
3561 removed.
3562
d046fb93
LP
3563 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
3564 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
3565 directory is set to the home directory of the user
3566 configured in User=.
21d86c61 3567
fe08a30b
LP
3568 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
3569 directory of the selected user by default.
3570
21d86c61 3571 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
3572 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
3573 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
3574 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
3575 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
3576 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
3577 compat reasons.
21d86c61 3578
fe08a30b 3579 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 3580 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
3581 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
3582 units.
3583
3584 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
3585 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
3586 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
3587 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
3588 level.
3589
3590 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
3591 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
3592 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
3593 namespaces work correctly.
3594
3595 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
3596 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
3597 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 3598 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
3599 activation.
3600
3601 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
3602 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
3603 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
3604 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
3605 system instance in a container.
3606
3607 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
3608 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
3609 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
3610 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
3611 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
3612 connections.
3613
3614 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
3615 show the control groups within a certain container only.
3616
3617 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
3618 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
3619 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
3620 processes attached, or similar.
3621
bdba9227
DM
3622 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
3623 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
3624 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
3625
3626 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
3627 specifiers like %i or %f.
3628
ce830873 3629 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
3630 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
3631 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
3632 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
3633
bdba9227
DM
3634 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
3635 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 3636 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
3637 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
3638 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
3639 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 3640
d046fb93
LP
3641 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
3642
0053598f 3643 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 3644 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
3645
3646 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
3647 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
3648
3649 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 3650 .network files.
fe08a30b 3651
bdba9227
DM
3652 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
3653 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
3654 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
3655 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
3656 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
3657 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
3658 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
3659 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
3660 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
3661 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
3662 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
3663 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
3664 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
3665 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
3666 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
3667
3668 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
3669 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
3670 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
3671 next to the image file.
c97e586d 3672
91d0d699
LP
3673 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
3674 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
3675 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
3676 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
3677
3678 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
3679 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
3680 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
3681 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
3682 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
3683 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
3684
d046fb93
LP
3685 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
3686 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
3687 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
3688 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 3689 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
3690 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
3691 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
3692 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
3693 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
3694 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
3695 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 3696
bdba9227
DM
3697 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
3698 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 3699
efce0ffe 3700 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 3701
61e6771c
LP
3702 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
3703 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
3704 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
3705 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3706 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
3707 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
3708 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
3709 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
3710 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
3711 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
3712 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3713 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3714 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
3715 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
3716 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
3717 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3718 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
3719 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
3720
ccddd104 3721 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 3722
c9912c5e
DH
3723CHANGES WITH 226:
3724
5e8d4254
LP
3725 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
3726 new features:
3727
3728 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
3729 information. It may be enabled and configured via
3730 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
3731 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
3732 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
3733 is any) is propagated.
3734
3735 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
3736 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
3737 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
3738 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
3739 information is enabled between host and containers by
3740 default now: the container will change its local timezone
3741 to what the host has set.
3742
3743 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
3744 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
3745
3746 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
3747 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
3748 information back, even if the server loses state.
3749
3750 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
3751 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
3752 PoolSize=.
3753
3754 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
3755 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
3756 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
3757 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
3758
3759 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
3760 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
3761 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
3762 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
3763 'dbus-daemon' systems.
3764
3765 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
3766 for virtio devices.
3767
3768 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
3769 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
3770 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
3771 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
3772 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
3773 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
3774 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
3775 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 3776 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
3777 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
3778 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
3779 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
3780 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
3781 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
3782 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
3783 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
3784 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
3785 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
3786 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
3787 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
3788 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
3789 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
3790 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
3791 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
3792 grants them.
3793
3794 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
3795 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
3796 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
3797 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
3798 group tree.
3799
3800 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
3801 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
3802 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
3803 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
3804 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
3805 work correctly in containers now.
3806
3807 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
3808 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
3809
c626bf1d
DM
3810 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
3811 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
3812 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
3813 function call is particularly useful when implementing
3814 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
3815
3816 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
3817 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
3818 signal events.
3819
d35f51ea
ZJS
3820 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
3821 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
3822 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
3823 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
c9912c5e 3824
47f5a38c
LP
3825 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
3826 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
3827 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
3828 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
3829 nspawn command line.
3830
2f77decc
LP
3831 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
3832 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
3833 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
3834 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
3835 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
3836 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
3837 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 3838 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 3839
ccddd104 3840 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 3841
ec5249a2
DM
3842CHANGES WITH 225:
3843
5e8d4254
LP
3844 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
3845 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
3846 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
3847 shell directly without prompting for username or
3848 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
3849 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
3850 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
3851 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
3852 the originating session.
3853
3854 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
3855 options and allows other programs to query the values.
3856
3857 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
d35f51ea
ZJS
3858 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
3859 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
3860 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
3861 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
3862 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
3863 probably not stabilize on this release.
5e8d4254
LP
3864
3865 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
3866 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
3867 messages.
3868
3869 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
3870 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
3871 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
3872
3873 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
3874 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
3875
3876 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
3877 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
3878 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
3879 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
3880 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
3881 posteriori.
3882
3883 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
3884 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
3885
3886 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
3887 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
3888 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
3889 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
3890 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
3891 "lastlog" tools.
3892
3893 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
3894 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
3895 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
3896 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
3897 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
3898
3899 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
3900 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
3901 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
3902 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3903 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
3904 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
3905 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
3906 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
3907 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
3908 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
3909 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
3910 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 3911
ccddd104 3912 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 3913
11811e85
DH
3914CHANGES WITH 224:
3915
10fa421c
DH
3916 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
3917 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3918
5e8d4254
LP
3919 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
3920 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
3921 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 3922
11811e85
DH
3923 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
3924 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3925 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
3926
ccddd104 3927 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 3928
e57eaef8
DH
3929CHANGES WITH 223:
3930
3931 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
3932 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
3933 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
3934 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
3935
01608bc8 3936 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
3937 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
3938
3939 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
3940 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
3941
931618d0
DM
3942 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
3943
3944 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 3945 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
3946 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
3947
3948 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
3949 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
3950 decapsulated packet.
3951
3952 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
3953 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
3954 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
3955 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
3956 netlink attribute.
3957
3958 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
3959 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
3960 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
3961 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
3962
3963 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
3964 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
3965 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 3966
f5f113f6
DH
3967 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
3968 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
3969
e57eaef8 3970 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 3971 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
3972 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
3973
3974 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
3975 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
3976 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
3977 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
3978 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
3979 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
3980
3981 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
3982 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3983 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
3984 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
3985 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3986 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
3987 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
3988 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
3989 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
3990 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3991
ccddd104 3992 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 3993
0db83ad7 3994CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 3995
861b02eb
KS
3996 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
3997 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
3998 or should be used to work around such bugs.
3999
4000 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
4001 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
4002
4003 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
4004 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
4005 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
4006 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
4007 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
4008
5541c889
DH
4009 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
4010 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
4011 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
4012
9b361114
DM
4013 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
4014 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
4015 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
4016 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
4017 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
4018
4019 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
4020
0db83ad7
DH
4021 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
4022 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
4023 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
4024 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
4025 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
4026 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
4027 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
4028 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
4029 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4030 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 4031
ccddd104 4032 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 4033
0f0467e6
MP
4034CHANGES WITH 221:
4035
470e72d4 4036 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 4037 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
4038 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
4039 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
4040 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
4041 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
4042 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 4043 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
4044 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
4045 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 4046 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 4047
470e72d4
LP
4048 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
4049 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
4050 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 4051 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
4052 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
4053 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
4054 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
4055 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 4056 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
4057 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
4058 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 4059
470e72d4
LP
4060 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
4061 2.26.
4062
4063 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 4064 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
4065 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
4066 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
4067 in README for details.
4068
4069 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
4070 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
4071 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
4072 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
4073 unit.
4074
4075 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
4076 into man pages.
4077
4078 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
4079 external project.
4080
4081 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 4082 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
4083
4084 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
4085 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
4086 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
4087 state.
4088
4089 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
4090 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
4091 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
4092
4093 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
4094 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
4095 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
4096 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
4097 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
4098 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
4099 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
4100 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
4101 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
4102 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4103 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
4104 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
4105 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
4106 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
4107 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
4108 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 4109
ccddd104 4110 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 4111
481a0aa2
LP
4112CHANGES WITH 220:
4113
f7a73a25
DH
4114 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
4115 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
4116 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
4117 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
4118 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
4119 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
4120 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
56cadcb6 4121 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
f7a73a25 4122
481a0aa2
LP
4123 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
4124 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
4125 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
4126 service consumed). This value is only available if
4127 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
4128 in the "systemctl status" output.
4129
4130 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
4131 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 4132 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
4133 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
4134 previously was already the default behaviour).
4135
4136 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
4137 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
4138 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
4139
4140 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
4141 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 4142 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
4143 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
4144
4145 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
4146 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
4147 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
4148 journalling file systems that support external journal
4149 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
4150 systems to be mounted.
4151
4152 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
4153 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
4154 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
4155 stable release this should not be problematic.
4156
4157 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
4158 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
4159 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
4160 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
4161 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
4162
4163 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
4164 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
4165 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
4166 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
4167 network switches.
4168
4169 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
4170 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
4171
4172 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
4173 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
4174 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
4175
4176 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
4177
1579dd2c
LP
4178 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
4179 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
4180 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
4181 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
4182 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
4183 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
4184 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
4185 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
4186 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
4187 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
4188 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
4189 been fixed in v220.
4190
481a0aa2
LP
4191 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
4192 systemd-networkd.
4193
4194 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
4195 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 4196 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
4197 containers started from the command line.
4198
4199 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
4200 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
4201
4202 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
4203 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
4204 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
4205 indirection via a pseudo tty.
4206
4207 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
4208 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
4209 when shutting down.
4210
4211 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
4212 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
4213 overlayfs support.
4214
4215 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
4216 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
4217 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
4218 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
4219 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
4220 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
4221 images are imported via systemd-importd.
4222
4223 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
4224 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
4225 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
4226
4227 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
4228 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
4229 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
4230 of v1 as before).
4231
4232 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
4233 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
4234
d35f51ea
ZJS
4235 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
4236 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
4237 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
4238 without further privileges or authorization.
481a0aa2
LP
4239
4240 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
4241 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
4242 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
4243 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
4244 accessible via a bus interface.
4245
4246 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
4247 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
4248 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
4249 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
4250 to cover this functionality.
4251
4252 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 4253 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
4254 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
4255 disabled/masked also stopped.
4256
4257 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
4258 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
4259 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
4260
4261 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
4262 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
4263 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
4264 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
4265 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 4266 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
4267 like this and can extract OS release information from them
4268 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
4269 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
4270
4271 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
4272 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
4273 system.
4274
4275 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
4276 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
4277 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
4278 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
4279 device symlinks.
4280
4281 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
4282 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
4283 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
4284 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
4285
4286 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
4287 stick devices has been added.
4288
4289 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
4290 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
4291
4292 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
4293 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
4294 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
4295 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
4296 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
4297
4298 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
4299 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
4300 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
4301
4302 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
4303 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
4304 Debian.
4305
4306 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
4307 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
4308 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
4309
4310 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
4311 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
4312 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
4313 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
4314 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
4315 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4316 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
4317 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4318 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
4319 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
4320 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
4321 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
4322 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
4323 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
4324 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
4325 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
4326 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
4327 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
4328 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
4329 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
4330 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
4331 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
4332 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
4333 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
4334 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
4335 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
4336 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4337
ccddd104 4338 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 4339
615aaf41
LP
4340CHANGES WITH 219:
4341
615aaf41
LP
4342 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
4343 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
4344 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
4345 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
4346 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
4347 interface with and update the database.
4348
4349 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
4350 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
4351 before bytewise copying is done.
4352
4353 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
4354 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
4355 directory, and immediately removed when the container
4356 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
4357 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
4358 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
4359 for starting a container off the root file system of the
4360 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
4361 available on btrfs file systems.
4362
4363 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
4364 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 4365 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
4366 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
4367 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
4368 systems.
4369
4370 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
4371 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
4372 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
4373 mount point remains.
4374
4375 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
4376 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
4377 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
4378 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
4379 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
4380 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
4381 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
4382 are disabled.
4383
4384 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
4385 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
4386 container to the host or vice versa.
4387
4388 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
4389 mount host directories into local containers. This is
4390 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
4391
4392 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
4393 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
4394
4395 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
4396 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
4397 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
4398 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
4399 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
4400 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
4401 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
4402 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
4403 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 4404 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
4405 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
4406 make the functionality of importd available to the
4407 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
4408 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
4409 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
4410 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
4411 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
4412 only fully supported on btrfs.
4413
4414 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
4415 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
4416 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
4417 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
4418 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
4419 information about images.
4420
4421 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
4422 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 4423 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
4424 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
4425 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
4426 legacy file systems).
4427
4428 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
4429 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
4430 shown in networkctl output.
4431
4432 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
4433 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
4434 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
4435 processes as system services while interactively
4436 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
4437 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
4438 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
4439 full login session, the difference being that the former
4440 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
4441 setup.
4442
4443 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
4444 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
4445 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
4446 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
4447 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
4448
4449 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
4450 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
4451 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
4452 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
4453 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
4454 via qemu/kvm.
4455
4456 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
4457 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
4458 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
4459 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
4460 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
4461 disk images, too.
4462
4463 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
4464 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
4465 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
4466 integrate with that.
4467
4468 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
4469 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
4470 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
4471 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
4472
4473 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
4474 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
4475 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
4476
4477 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
4478 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
4479 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
4480 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
4481 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
4482 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
4483 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
4484 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
4485 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
4486 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
4487
4488 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
4489 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
4490 files.
4491
4492 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 4493 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 4494 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 4495 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
4496 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
4497 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
4498 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
4499 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
4500 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
4501 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
4502 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
4503 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
4504 explicitly turned on.
4505
4506 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
4507 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
4508 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
4509 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
4510
4511 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
4512 supported.
4513
4514 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
4515 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
4516 user/session following the status output. Similar,
4517 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
4518 associated with a virtual machine or container
4519 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
4520 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
4521 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
4522 output however.)
4523
4524 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
4525 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
4526 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
4527 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
4528 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
4529 caller's session/user.
4530
4531 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
4532 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
4533 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
4534 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
4535 user services.
4536
4537 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
4538 same way as unit files.
4539
4540 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
4541 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
4542 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
4543 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
4544 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
4545 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
4546 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
4547 the host.
4548
4549 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
4550 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
4551 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
4552 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
4553 the host as if their services were running directly on the
4554 host.
4555
dd2fd155 4556 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
4557 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
4558 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
4559 updated to make use of it too by default.
4560
4561 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
4562 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
4563 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
4564 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
4565
4566 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
4567 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
4568 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
4569 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
4570 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
4571 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
4572 modification.
4573
4574 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
4575 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
4576 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 4577 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
4578 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
4579 information about Touchpad types.
4580
4581 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
4582 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
4583
4584 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
4585 Policy link field.
4586
4587 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
4588 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
4589
4590 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
4591 ACLs on files.
4592
4593 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
4594 tmpfs, automatically.
4595
4596 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
4597 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
4598 status" output, if available.
4599
4600 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
4601 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
4602 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
4603 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
4604 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
4605 run on next reboot.
4606
4607 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
4608 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
4609 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
4610 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
4611 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
4612 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
4613 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
4614
4615 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
4616 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
4617 after a configurable timeout.
4618
4619 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
4620 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
4621 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
4622 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
4623 it non-idle.
4624
4625 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
4626 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
4627
4628 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
4629 each .network interface in networkd.
4630
4631 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
4632 in .network files.
4633
4634 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
4635 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
4636
11ea2781 4637 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
4638 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
4639 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
4640 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
4641 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
4642 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
4643 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
4644 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
4645 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
4646 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
4647 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
4648 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4649 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
4650 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4651 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
4652 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
4653 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
4654 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
4655 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
4656 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4657 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
4658 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
4659 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
4660 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 4661
ccddd104 4662 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 4663
d4f5a1f4
DH
4664CHANGES WITH 218:
4665
f9e00a9f
LP
4666 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
4667 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
4668 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 4669 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
4670
4671 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 4672 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
4673 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
4674 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
4675 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
4676
4677 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
4678
4679 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 4680 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
4681 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
4682 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
4683 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
4684 modified configuration after editing.
4685
4686 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
4687 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
4688 system preset files.
4689
4690 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
4691 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
4692 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
4693 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
4694 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
4695 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
4696 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
4697 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
4698 other contexts.
4699
4700 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
4701 inhibitors.
4702
122676c9 4703 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 4704 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
4705 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
4706 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
4707 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
4708
4709 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
4710 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
4711 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
4712 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
4713 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 4714 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
4715 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
4716 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
4717 parallel to journald.
4718
4719 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
4720 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
4721 available.
4722
4723 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
4724 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 4725 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
4726 or are not older than the specified time.
4727
4728 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
4729 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
4730 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
4731 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
4732
4733 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
4734 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
4735 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
4736 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
4737 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
4738 communication.
4739
4740 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
4741 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
4742 services.
4743
4744 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
4745 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
4746 including their signature and values. This is particularly
4747 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
4748 the new "busctl tree" command.
4749
4750 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
4751 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
4752 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
4753 friendly way.
4754
4755 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
4756 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
4757 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
4758 race-ful way.
4759
4760 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
4761 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 4762 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
4763 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
4764 --link-journal=try-guest.
4765
4766 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
4767 stable MAC addresses.
4768
4769 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
4770 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
4771 the respective unit shall use.
4772
d4f5a1f4
DH
4773 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
4774 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
4775 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
4776 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
4777
b938cb90 4778 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 4779 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 4780 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
4781 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
4782 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
4783 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
4784
17c29493 4785 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
4786 details see:
4787
4788 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
4789
4790 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
4791 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
4792 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
4793 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
4794 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
4795 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
4796 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
4797 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
4798 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
4799 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
4800 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
4801 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
4802
f9e00a9f
LP
4803 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
4804 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
4805 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
4806 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
4807 bluetooth, ...) is used.
4808
4809 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
4810 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
4811 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
4812 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
4813 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
4814 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
4815 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
4816 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
4817
4818 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 4819 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
4820 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
4821 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
4822 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
4823 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
4824 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
4825 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
4826 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
4827 interface.
4828
4829 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
4830 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
4831 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
4832 luks.name= argument.
4833
4834 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
4835 (this was previously already available for scope and service
4836 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
4837 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
4838 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
4839 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
4840
4841 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
4842 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
4843 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
4844
13e92f39
LP
4845 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
4846 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
4847 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4848 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
4849 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
4850 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
4851 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
4852 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4853 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
4854 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
4855 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
4856 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
4857 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
4858 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
4859 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
4860 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
4861 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
4862 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 4863
ccddd104 4864 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 4865
b62a309a
ZJS
4866CHANGES WITH 217:
4867
78b6b7ce
LP
4868 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
4869 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
4870 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
4871 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 4872
a65b8245
ZJS
4873 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
4874 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
4875 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
4876 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 4877
b62a309a
ZJS
4878 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
4879 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
4880 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
4881 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 4882 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 4883 connection.
b62a309a 4884
78b6b7ce
LP
4885 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
4886 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
4887
4888 * User units are now loaded also from
4889 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
4890 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
4891 supported, but is under the control of the user.
4892
3f9a0a52 4893 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
4ffd29fd
LP
4894 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
4895 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
4896 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
4897 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
4898 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
4899 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
4900 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
4901 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
4902 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
4903 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
4904 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
4905 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
4906 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
4907 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
4908 question.
4909
b62a309a
ZJS
4910 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
4911 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
4912 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
4913
4914 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
4915 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
4916 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 4917 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 4918
78b6b7ce
LP
4919 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
4920 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
4921 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 4922 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
4923
4924 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
4925 systemd-networkd.
4926
ba8df74b 4927 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 4928 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
4929 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
4930
4931 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
4932 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
4933
4934 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
4935 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
4936 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
4937
78b6b7ce 4938 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 4939
4bdc60cb 4940 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 4941 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 4942 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
4943 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
4944 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
4945 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 4946
c4ac9900 4947 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
4948 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
4949 respected.
4950
4951 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
4952 virtualization.
4953
4954 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 4955 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
4956 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
4957 on.
b62a309a 4958
e6c253e3
MS
4959 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
4960
4961 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
4962
ba8df74b
KS
4963 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
4964 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
4965 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
4966 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
4967 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
4968 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
4969 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
4970
4bdc60cb
LP
4971 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
4972 available for service units, that allows locking all service
4973 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
4974 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
4975 from the service's view entirely.
4976
4977 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
4978 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
4979
4980 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
4981 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
4982 session.
4983
4984 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
4985 legacy-free systems.
4986
78b6b7ce
LP
4987 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
4988 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
4989 easily.
4990
4991 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
4992 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
4993 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
4994 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
4995 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
4996 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
4997 option.
4998
4999 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 5000 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
5001 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
5002 /usr.
5003
f6d1de85 5004 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
5005 services, not only the main process.
5006
5007 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
5008 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
5009 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
5010 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
5011 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
5012
3769415e
TT
5013 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
5014 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
5015 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
5016 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
5017 directly from now on, again.
5018
fae9332b 5019 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
d35f51ea
ZJS
5020 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
5021 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
5022 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
5023 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
5024 enabling and disabling.
fae9332b 5025
cfa1571b
LP
5026 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
5027 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
5028 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
5029 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
5030 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
5031 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
5032 unnecessary or unlikely.
5033
7e63dd10
LP
5034 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
5035 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 5036 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
5037 "anually", "hourly", ...).
5038
d4474c41
TG
5039 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
5040 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
5041 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
5042 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
5043 overwritten at runtime.
5044
3b187c5c
LP
5045 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
5046 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
5047 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
5048 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
5049 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
5050 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
5051 segmentation fault.
5052
4b08dd87
LP
5053 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
5054 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
5055 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5056 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
5057 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
5058 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
5059 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
5060 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
5061 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
5062 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5063 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5064 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5065 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
5066 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
5067 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
5068 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
5069 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
5070 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
5071 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5072 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5073 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 5074 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 5075
ccddd104 5076 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 5077
b72ddf0f 5078CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
5079
5080 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 5081 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
5082 implementations should add a
5083
b72ddf0f 5084 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
5085
5086 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
5087 default functionality.
5088
5089 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
5090 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
5091 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
5092 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
5093 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
5094 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
5095 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
5096 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
5097 files might need to be owned by them. A new
5098 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
5099 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
5100 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
5101 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
5102
d35f51ea
ZJS
5103 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
5104 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
5105 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
5106 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
5107 added eventually, too.
b2ca0d63
LP
5108
5109 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
5110 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
5111 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
5112 new command to update these fields.
5113
5114 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
5115 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
5116 have been discovered via DHCP.
5117
5118 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
5119 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
5120 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
5121 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
5122 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
5123 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
5124 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
5125 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 5126 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
5127 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
5128 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
5129 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 5130 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
5131 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
5132 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
5133 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
5134 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
5135 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
5136 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
5137 implementation to systemd-resolved.
5138
5139 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
5140 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
5141 containers to their respective IP addresses.
5142
5143 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
5144 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
5145 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 5146 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
5147 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
5148 control utility for networkd.
5149
5150 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
5151 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 5152 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
5153 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
5154 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
5155 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
5156 (NoDelay=).
5157
a1a4a25e 5158 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
5159 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
5160
5161 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
46ae28d8 5162 be started only after time-sync.target has been
b2ca0d63
LP
5163 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
5164 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
5165 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
5166 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
5167
5168 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
5169 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
5170 of the link.
5171
5172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
5173 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
5174
5175 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
5176 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
5177
5178 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
5179 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
5180 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
5181 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
5182
5183 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
5184 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
5185 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
5186 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
5187 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
5188 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
5189 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
5190 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
5191
5192 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
5193 validation of unit files.
5194
5195 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
5196 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
5197 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
5198 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
5199 address may now be configured.
5200
26568403
TG
5201 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
5202 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
5203 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
5204 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
5205
5206 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
5207 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
5208
5209 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
5210 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
5211 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
5212 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
5213
b2ca0d63
LP
5214 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
5215 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
5216 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
5217 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
5218 implementation.
5219
5220 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
5221 journal data to a remote system running
5222 systemd-journal-remote.
5223
5224 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
5225 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
5226 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
5227 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
5228 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 5229 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
5230 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
5231 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
5232 version, you have to turn this option on again
5233 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
5234
5235 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
5236 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
5237 better than XZ which was the previous default.
5238
5239 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
5240 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
5241
5242 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
5243 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
5244
5245 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
5246 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
5247 "systemctl status" output for a service.
5248
5249 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
5250 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 5251 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
5252 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
5253 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
5254
01da80b1
LP
5255 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
5256
5257 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
5258
5259 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
5260 when primary addresses are removed.
5261
b2ca0d63
LP
5262 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
5263 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
5264 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
5265 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
5266 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
5267 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
5268 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5269 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5270 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
5271 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
5272 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
5273 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
5274 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
5275 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
5276 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5277
ccddd104 5278 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 5279
3dff3e00 5280CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
5281
5282 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
5283 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
5284 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
5285 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
5286 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
5287 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
5288 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
5289 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
5290 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
5291 require.
5292
5293 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
5294 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
5295
5296 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
5297 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
5298 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
5299 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
5300 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
5301 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
5302 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
5303
5304 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
5305 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
5306 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
5307 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
5308 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
5309 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
5310 update or reset should use this condition and order
5311 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
5312 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
5313 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
5314 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
5315 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
5316 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
5317 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 5318 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
5319 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
5320
5321 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
5322
5323 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
5324 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
5325 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
5326 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
5327
24a2bf4c
LP
5328 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
5329 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
5330 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
5331 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
5332 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
5333 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
5334 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
5335 .network files using settings of this section should be
5336 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
5337 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 5338
c7435cc9
LP
5339 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
5340 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
5341
5342 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
5343 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
5344 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
5345 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
5346 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
5347 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
5348 of nspawn instances.
5349
5350 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
5351 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
5352 added.
5353
5354 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
5355 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
5356 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
5357 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
5358 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
5359 configuration stored in /etc.
5360
5361 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
5362 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
5363 parsing of unknown mount options.
5364
5365 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
5366 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
5367 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 5368 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
5369 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
5370 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
5371 pre-existing files of different types.
5372
5373 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
5374 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 5375 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
5376 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
5377 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
5378 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
5379 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
5380
5381 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
5382 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
5383 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
5384 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
5385 shall be executed.
5386
5387 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
5388 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 5389 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
5390
5391 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
5392 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
5393 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
5394 reset.
5395
5396 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
5397 most basic services systemd ships by default.
5398
5399 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
5400 field for defining the default instance to create if a
5401 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
5402
5403 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
5404 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
5405 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
5406
5407 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
5408 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
5409 access to this group.
5410
5411 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
5412 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
5413 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
5414 to the journal.
5415
5416 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
5417 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
5418 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
5419 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
5420 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
5421 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
5422
5423 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
5424 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
5425 that makes sure to only show information about the most
5426 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
5427 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
5428 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
5429 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
5430 the old name to the new name.
5431
5432 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 5433 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
5434 coredumpctl without restrictions.
5435
5436 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
5437 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
5438 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
5439 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
5440 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
5441 "systemd-debug-generator".
5442
5443 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
5444 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
5445 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
5446 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
5447 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
5448 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
5449 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
5450 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
5451 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
5452 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
5453 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
5454
5455 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
5456 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
5457 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
5458 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
5459 been added to query many of these paths for the local
5460 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
5461
5462 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
5463 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
5464 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
5465 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
5466 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
5467
5468 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
5469 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
5470 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
5471 couple of drop-in directories.
5472
3058e017
TLSC
5473 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
5474 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
5475 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
5476 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
5477 for dev_port.
5478
c7435cc9
LP
5479 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
5480 container (read from /etc/os-release and
5481 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
5482 "machinectl status" for a machine.
5483
5484 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
5485 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
5486 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
5487 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
5488 Restart= setting.
5489
5490 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
5491 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
5492 directly connect to a specific container on the
5493 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
5494 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
5495 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
5496 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
5497 containers is a privileged operation.
5498
5499 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
5500 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
5501 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
5502 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
5503 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5504 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
5505 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5506 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
5507 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
5508 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
5509 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
5510 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5511
ccddd104 5512 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 5513
4196a3ea
KS
5514CHANGES WITH 214:
5515
5516 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
5517 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
5518 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
5519 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
5520 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
5521 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
5522 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
5523 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
5524 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 5525 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 5526 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 5527 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 5528 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
5529 devices are excluded from this logic.
5530
04e91da2
LP
5531 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
5532 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
5533 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
5534 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
5535 change has been released.
5536
5537 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 5538 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
5539 libattr is thus unnecessary.
5540
ce830873 5541 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
5542 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
5543 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 5544 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
5545
5546 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
5547 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
5548 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
5549 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
5550
a8eaaee7 5551 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5552 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
5553
a8eaaee7 5554 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
5555 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
5556
5557 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 5558 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
5559 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
5560
5561 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
5562 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 5563 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
5564 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
5565 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 5566 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 5567
cd14eda3 5568 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
5569 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
5570 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 5571
ef392da6 5572 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 5573 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
5574 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
5575 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
5576 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
5577 modifications of user data or system files from
5578 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
5579 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
5580
5581 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
5582 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
5583 and FIFOs in the file system.
5584
8d0e0ddd 5585 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
5586 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
5587 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
5588
5589 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
5590 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 5591 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 5592 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
5593 the socket itself.
5594
5595 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
5596 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
5597 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
5598 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
5599 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
5600 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
5601 symlinks, and nothing else.
5602
5603 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
5604 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
5605 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
5606 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
5607 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
5608 process (for example, the parent process). The
5609 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
5610 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
5611 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
5612 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
5613 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
5614 messages to services when the originating process already
5615 vanished.
5616
5617 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 5618 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
5619 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
5620 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
5621 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
5622 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
5623 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
5624 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
5625 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
5626 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
5627 all long-running services.
5628
5629 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
5630 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
5631 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
5632 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
5633 service.
5634
5635 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
5636 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
5637 applied to all submounts, too.
5638
5639 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
5640
5641 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
5642 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
5643 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
5644 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
5645 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
5646 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
5647 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
5648
cc98b302 5649 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
5650 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
5651 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 5652 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
5653 (domU) domains.
5654
5655 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
5656 files or entire directories.
5657
5658 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
5659 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
5660 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
5661 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
5662 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
5663
5664 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
5665 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
5666 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
5667 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
5668 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
5669 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 5670 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 5671 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
5672 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
5673 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
5674 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
5675 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
5676
5677 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
5678 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
5679 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
5680 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
5681
5682 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
5683 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 5684 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 5685 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
5686 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
5687 non-directories.
5688
5689 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
5690 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
5691 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
5692
4c0d13bd
LP
5693 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
5694 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
5695 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
5696 this group.
5697
dc1d6c02
LP
5698 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
5699 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
5700 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
5701 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
5702 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5703 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
5704 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5705
ccddd104 5706 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 5707
6936cd89
LP
5708CHANGES WITH 213:
5709
5710 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 5711 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 5712 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 5713 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 5714 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
5715 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
5716 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 5717 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 5718 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
5719 client should be more than appropriate for most
5720 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
5721 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
5722 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
5723 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
5724 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 5725 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 5726 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 5727 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 5728 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 5729 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 5730 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 5731
69beda1f
KS
5732 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
5733 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
5734 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
5735 part of a different namespace.
5736
5737 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
5738 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
5739 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
5740 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
5741
5742 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
5743 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 5744 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
5745
5746 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
5747 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 5748 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 5749 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
5750 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
5751 restart the service in question.
5752
5753 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
5754 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
5755 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
5756 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
5757 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
5758
5759 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
5760 graphs it generates.
5761
5762 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
5763 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
5764 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
5765 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
5766 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
5767
5768 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
5769
5770 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
5771 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
5772 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
5773 what it was on SysV systems.
5774
5775 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
5776 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
5777
5778 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
5779 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
5780 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
5781 files.
5782
5783 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
5784 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
5785 to show these addresses in its output.
5786
5787 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
5788 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
5789 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
5790 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
5791 preferred over a text one.
5792
5793 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
5794 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
5795 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
5796 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
5797 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
5798 mDNS cache.
5799
68dd0956
TG
5800 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
5801 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
5802 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
5803 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
5804 of network configuration performed in some other way.
5805
6936cd89 5806 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 5807 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 5808 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 5809 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
5810 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
5811
8e7acf67
LP
5812 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
5813 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
5814 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 5815 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
5816 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
5817 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
5818 overrides any other settings.
5819
5820 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
5821 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
5822 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
5823 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
5824 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
5825 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
5826 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
5827 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
5828 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
5829 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5830 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
5831 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
5832 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
5833 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
5834 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
5835 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
5836 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5837
ccddd104 5838 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 5839
51c61cda
LP
5840CHANGES WITH 212:
5841
5842 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
5843 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
5844 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
5845 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
5846 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
5847 by accident.
5848
5849 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
5850 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
5851 registered with machined.
5852
5853 * sd-login gained new calls
5854 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
5855 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 5856 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
5857 counterparts.
5858
5859 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
5860 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
5861 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
5862 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
5863 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
5864 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
5865 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
5866 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
5867 once.
5868
5869 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
5870 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
5871 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
5872
5873 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
5874 units on all local containers, when used with the
5875 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
5876 executed when no parameters are specified).
5877
5878 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
5879 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
5880 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
5881 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
5882
5883 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 5884 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
5885 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
5886 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
5887 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
5888 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
5889
5890 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
5891 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
5892 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
5893 of the container.
5894
5895 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
5896 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
5897 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
5898 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
5899 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
5900 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
5901 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
5902 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
5903
5904 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
5905 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
5906 instead of /.
5907
5908 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
5909 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
5910 emergency messages now.
5911
5912 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
5913 journal log messages across the network.
5914
5915 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
5916 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
5917 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
5918 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
5919 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
5920 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
5921 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
5922
5923 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
5924 down a local OS container.
5925
5926 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
5927 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
5928 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
5929
5930 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
5931 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
5932 this is appropriate.
5933
5934 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 5935 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
5936 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
5937
5938 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
5939 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
5940 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
5941 for debugging purposes.
5942
5943 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
5944 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
5945 in seconds.
5946
5947 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
5948 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
5949 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
5950 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
5951 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
5952 like on traditional inetd.
5953
5954 * A new system.conf configuration option
5955 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
5956 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
5957
b8bde116 5958 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5959 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
5960 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
5961 do these days).
5962
b8bde116 5963 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
5964 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
5965 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
5966 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
5967 could not take place because the system was powered off.
5968 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
5969
5970 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
5971 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
5972 it will be triggered.
5973
5974 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
5975 addresses to its local interfaces.
5976
5977 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
5978 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
5979 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
5980 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
5981 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
5982 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
5983 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
5984 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
5985 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5986
ccddd104 5987 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 5988
699b6b34
LP
5989CHANGES WITH 211:
5990
5991 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
5992 added to restrict which socket address families unit
5993 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
5994 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
5995 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
5996 is built on seccomp system call filters.
5997
5998 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
5999 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
6000 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
6001 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
6002 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
6003 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
6004 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
6005 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 6006 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
6007
6008 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
6009 matching against device group names.
6010
6011 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
6012 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
6013 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
6014 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 6015 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
6016 though.
6017
6018 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
6019 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
6020 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 6021 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34 6022 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
56cadcb6 6023 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
699b6b34
LP
6024 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
6025 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 6026 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
6027
6028 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
6029 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
6030 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
6031 (see above). This means that installations made with
6032 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
6033 deployed using container managers, completely
6034 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
6035 this feature soon, too.)
6036
6037 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
6038 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 6039 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
6040 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
6041
6042 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
6043 using IPv4LL.
6044
6045 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
6046 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
6047 systemd-networkd.
6048
6049 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
6050 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
6051 still not a public API though (unless you specify
6052 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
6053 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
6054
6055 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
6056 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
6057 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 6058 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
6059 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
6060 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
6061 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
6062 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
6063 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
6064 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
6065 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 6066 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
6067 users.
6068
6069 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
6070 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
6071 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
6072 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
6073 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
6074 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
6075 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
6076 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
6077 due to a closed lid.
6078
6079 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
6080 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
6081 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
6082 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 6083 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
6084 order to then act as suspend blocker.
6085
6086 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
6087 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
6088 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
6089 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
6090 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
6091
6092 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
6093 now also work in --scope mode.
6094
6095 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
6096 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
6097 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
6098 promises are made.)
6099
6100 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
6101 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6102 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
6103 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
6104 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
6105 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
6106 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
6107 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
6108 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
6109 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6110
ccddd104 6111 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 6112
43c71255
LP
6113CHANGES WITH 210:
6114
6115 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
6116 according to SMACK rules.
6117
67dd87c5 6118 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
6119 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
6120
6121 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
6122 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
6123 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
6124
6125 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
6126 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
6127 and machine ID.
6128
ed28905e 6129 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 6130 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 6131 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
6132 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
6133 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 6134 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 6135 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 6136 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
6137 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
6138 backpack or similar.
6139
6140 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
6141 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 6142 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 6143 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
6144 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
6145 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
6146 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
6147 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
6148 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
6149 this on its own.
6150
6151 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
6152 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
6153 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
6154 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
6155
6156 * We will now ship a default .network file for
6157 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
6158 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
6159 --network-bridge= switches.
6160
6161 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
6162 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
6163 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
6164 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
6165 metrics, according to what is customary according to
6166 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
6167 each configuration option.
6168
6169 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 6170 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 6171 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 6172 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
6173 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
6174
6175 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
6176 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
6177 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
6178 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
6179 triggered by other work being done in the program.
6180
6181 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
6182 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
6183 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
6184 default however.
6185
b8bde116 6186 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
6187 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
6188 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 6189 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
6190 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
6191 them with systemd-networkd.
6192
d27893ef
LP
6193 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
6194 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
6195 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 6196 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
6197 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
6198 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 6199 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
6200 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
6201 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 6202 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 6203 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
6204 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
6205 during a transitional period!
6206
13b28d82 6207 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
6208 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
6209 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
6210 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
6211 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6212 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6213 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
6214 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6215
ccddd104 6216 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 6217
e49b5aad
LP
6218CHANGES WITH 209:
6219
6220 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
6221 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
6222 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
6223 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 6224 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
6225 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
6226 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 6227 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 6228 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 6229 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
6230 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
6231 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
6232
6233 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 6234 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
6235 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
6236 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 6237 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
6238
6239 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
6240 shutdown/boot.
6241
8b7d0494
JSJ
6242 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
6243 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
6244
6245 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
6246 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 6247 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
6248 prepared for additional security frameworks.
6249
6250 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
6251 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 6252 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 6253 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 6254 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
6255 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
6256
dfb08b05
ZJS
6257 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
6258 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
6259 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 6260 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
6261 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
6262 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
6263 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
6264 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 6265 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 6266
e49b5aad 6267 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 6268 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
6269
6270 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
6271 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
6272 implementation.
6273
6274 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 6275 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
6276 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
6277 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
6278 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
6279 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
6280 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
6281 and .service units.
6282
6283 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
6284 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
6285 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
6286
8b7d0494 6287 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 6288 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 6289 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
6290 nothing makes use of it.
6291
6292 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
6293 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
6294 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
6295
6296 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
6297 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
6298 compatibility purposes.
6299
6300 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
6301 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
6302 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 6303 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
6304 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
6305 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
6306 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
6307 process handling.
6308
6309 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
6310 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
6311 style to "sd-bus.h".
6312
7e95eda5
PF
6313 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
6314 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
6315 "systemd-networkd".
6316
4c2413bf 6317 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
6318 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
6319 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
6320 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
6321 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
6322
6323 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
6324 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
6325 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
6326 PID1's support for that anymore.
6327
8b7d0494 6328 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
6329 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
6330
6331 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
6332 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
6333 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
6334 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
6335 container that is registered with machined, such as those
6336 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
6337
6338 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 6339 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
6340 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
6341 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
6342
6343 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
6344 login in any local container. This works with any container
6345 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 6346 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
6347
6348 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
6349 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
6350 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
6351 system of some kind.
6352
6353 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
6354 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
6355 next.
6356
6357 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
6358 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
6359 reboot() system call.
6360
6361 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
6362 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 6363 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
6364 still available but not advertised anymore.
6365
e49b5aad
LP
6366 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
6367 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 6368 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
6369 within each Unit.
6370
270f1624
LP
6371 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
6372 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 6373 the kernel).
e49b5aad 6374
4670e9d5 6375 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
6376 timestamps (following the setting in
6377 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
6378
6379 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
6380 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
6381
6382 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
6383 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
6384
6385 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
6386 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
6387 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
6388
6389 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
6390 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
6391 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
6392 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
6393
6394 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
6395 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
6396 those commands which take multiple unit names.
6397
6398 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
6399
6400 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
6401 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
6402
4c2413bf 6403 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
6404 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
6405 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
6406 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
6407
6408 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
6409 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
6410 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
6411 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
6412
e49b5aad
LP
6413 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
6414 of the legend text.
6415
6416 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
6417 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
6418 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
6419 remote sessions.
6420
8e420494
LP
6421 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
6422 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
6423
6424 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
6425 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
6426 the system manager.
6427
1e190502 6428 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
6429 short description of the connection parameters in the
6430 description.
6431
4c2413bf 6432 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 6433 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 6434 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
6435 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
6436 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
6437 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
6438 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 6439
c0c5af00 6440 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 6441 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 6442 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
6443 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
6444 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
6445 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 6446 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 6447 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
6448 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
6449
6300b3ec
LP
6450 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
6451 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
6452 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
6453 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
6454 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
6455 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 6456 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 6457 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
6458 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
6459 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
6460 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
6461 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
6462 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
6463 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
6464 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
6465 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
6466 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
6467 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
6468 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 6469 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 6470 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
6471 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
6472 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
6473
8b7d0494 6474 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 6475 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
6476 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
6477 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
6478 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 6479 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
6480 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
6481 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 6482 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 6483 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
6484 APIs.
6485
6486 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 6487 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 6488 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
6489 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
6490 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
6491 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 6492
81c7dd89 6493 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 6494 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 6495 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 6496 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 6497 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
6498 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
6499 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
6500 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
6501 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
6502 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
6503 one of them is updated.
6504
e49b5aad 6505 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 6506 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
6507 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
6508 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
6509 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
6510
6511 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
6512 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
6513 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 6514 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 6515 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
6516 entry points.
6517
6518 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
6519 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
6520 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
6521 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 6522 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
6523
6524 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 6525 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
6526 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
6527 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
6528
1e190502
ZJS
6529 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
6530 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
6531 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 6532
000b1ba5 6533 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
1e190502
ZJS
6534 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
6535 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
6536
6537 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
6538 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 6539 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
6540
6541 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
6542 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
6543
6544 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 6545 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 6546 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 6547 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
6548 all remaining processes of the service.
6549
4c2413bf
JE
6550 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
6551 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
6552 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
6553 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
6554 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 6555 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
6556 manager process which created them takes no further
6557 responsibilities for it.
6558
1e190502 6559 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
6560 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
6561 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
6562 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
6563 marked executable or world-writable.
6564
6565 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 6566 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
6567 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
6568 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
6569
6570 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
6571 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 6572 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 6573 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
6574
6575 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
6576 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 6577 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
6578 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
6579
6580 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
6581 with specific SELinux labels set.
6582
6583 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
6584 any additional output but the container's own console
6585 output.
6586
6587 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
6588 container without PID namespacing enabled.
6589
6590 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 6591 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 6592 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
6593 OS images, but only specific apps.
6594
6595 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 6596 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 6597 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 6598 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
6599
6600 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
6601 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 6602 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
6603 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
6604 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
6605 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 6606
6afc95b7
LP
6607 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
6608 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 6609 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
6610 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
6611 units to use.
6afc95b7 6612
e49b5aad
LP
6613 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
6614 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
6615 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
6616 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
6617
6618 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
6619 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
6620 context for a service.
6621
6622 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
6623 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
6624 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
6625 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
6626 influence this logic.
6627
6628 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
6629 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
6630 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
6631 other things.
6632
4c2413bf 6633 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 6634 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
6635 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
6636 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
6637 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
6638 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
6639 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 6640 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 6641 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
6642 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
6643
210054d7
KS
6644 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
6645 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
6646
e49b5aad
LP
6647 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
6648 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
6649 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
6650 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
6651 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
6652 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
6653 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
6654 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
6655 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6656 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
6657 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
6658 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6659 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6660 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
6661 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
6662 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
6663 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
6664 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
6665 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
6666 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
6667 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6668 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
6669 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
6670 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6671
ccddd104 6672 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 6673
cd4010b3
LP
6674CHANGES WITH 208:
6675
6676 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
6677 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
6678 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
6679 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
6680 access input and drm devices which are normally
6681 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
6682 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
6683 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
6684 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
6685 session switching without allowing background sessions to
6686 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
6687 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
6688 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
6689
6690 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 6691 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
6692 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
6693
6694 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
6695 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
6696 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
6697 kernel version number.
6698
6699 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
6700 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 6701 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
6702
6703 * This release removes high-level support for the
6704 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
6705 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
6706 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 6707 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
6708
6709 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
6710 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
6711 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
6712 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
6713 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
6714 cgroup system.
6715
6716 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
6717 messages containing the slice a message was generated
6718 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
6719 logs among other things.
6720
6721 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
6722 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
6723 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
6724 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
6725 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
6726 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
6727 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
6728 journald which would be necessary to resolve
6729 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
6730 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
6731 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
6732 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
6733 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
6734 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
6735 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
6736 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
6737 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
6738 not delayed until next reboot.
6739
6740 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
6741 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
6742 systemd generated files in one directory.
6743
6744 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
6745 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
6746 performance information if that's available to determine how
6747 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
6748 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
6749 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
6750
6751 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
6752 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
6753 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
6754 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6755 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
6756 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
6757 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6758
ccddd104 6759 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 6760
4f0be680
LP
6761CHANGES WITH 207:
6762
6763 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 6764 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
6765 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
6766 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
6767
6768 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
6769 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
6770 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
6771 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
6772 specified on the kernel command line less important.
6773
6774 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
6775 retrieve the VT number of a session.
6776
6777 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
6778 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
6779 maximum number of tries.
6780
6781 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
6782 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
6783 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
6784
6785 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
6786 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
6787
6788 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
6789 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 6790 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 6791
f3a165b0
KS
6792 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
6793 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
6794 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
6795
6796 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
6797 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 6798 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
6799 and type).
6800
f3a165b0 6801 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
6802 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
6803
6804 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
6805 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 6806 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
6807 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
6808
6809 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
6810 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
6811 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
6812 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
6813 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
6814 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
6815 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
6816 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
6817
6818 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
6819 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
6820 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
6821 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
6822
387abf80
LP
6823 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
6824 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
6825 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
6826 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
6827 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
6828 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
6829 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 6830
4f0be680
LP
6831 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
6832 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
6833
6834 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
6835 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
6836 automatically after the process terminated.
6837
6838 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
6839 certain paths from operation.
6840
6841 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
6842 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
6843 is received.
4f0be680
LP
6844
6845 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
6846 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
6847 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
6848 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
6849 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
6850 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
6851 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6852 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
6853 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6854 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
6855 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
6856 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
6857 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6858
ccddd104 6859 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 6860
408f281b
LP
6861CHANGES WITH 206:
6862
6863 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
6864 concepts introduced with 205.
6865
6866 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
6867 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
6868 -r".
6869
6870 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
6871 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 6872 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
6873
6874 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
6875 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
6876 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
6877 the journal.
6878
6879 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
6880 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
6881 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
6882
6883 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
6884 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
6885 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
6886 browsing logs from that point on.
6887
6888 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
6889 of an FSS key.
6890
251cc819
LP
6891 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
6892 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
6893 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
6894 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
6895 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 6896 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
6897 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
6898 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
6899 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
6900 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
6901 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
6902 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
6903 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
6904 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
6905
6906 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
6907 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 6908 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 6909 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
6910
6911 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
6912 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
6913
6914 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
6915 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
6916
251cc819
LP
6917 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
6918 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
6919
6920 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
6921
6922 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
6923 support for passing performance data via environment
6924 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
6925 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
6926 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
6927 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
6928 deserialize it again.
6929
28f5c779
KS
6930 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
6931 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
6932 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
6933 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 6934
251cc819
LP
6935 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
6936 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
6937 completely silent shutdown when used.
6938
6939 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
6940 option in .socket units.
6941
6942 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
6943 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
6944 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
6945 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
6946 system.slice as before.
6947
6948 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
6949
6950 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
6951 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
6952 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6953 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
6954 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
6955 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
6956 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6957
ccddd104 6958 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 6959
00aa832b
LP
6960CHANGES WITH 205:
6961
6962 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
6963
6964 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 6965 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
6966 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
6967 possible for system services and applications to group their
6968 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
6969 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
6970 together, or apply resource limits on them.
6971
6972 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 6973 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
6974 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
6975 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
6976 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
6977
6978 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
6979 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
6980 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
6981 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
6982
6983 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
6984 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
6985 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
6986 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
6987 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
6988 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
6989 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
6990 and useful as a general batch manager.
6991
6992 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
6993 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
6994 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
6995 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
6996 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
6997 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
6998 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
6999 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
7000 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
7001 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
7002
7003 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
7004 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
7005 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
7006 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
7007 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
7008 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
7009 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
7010 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
7011 is compile-time optional.
7012
7013 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
7014 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
7015 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
7016 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
7017 well as slice units.
7018
7019 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
7020 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
7021 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
7022 but will be extended later on to make more properties
7023 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
7024 command that wraps this call.
7025
7026 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
7027 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
7028 while configuring a number of settings via the command
7029 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
7030 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
7031 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
7032 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
7033
7034 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
7035 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
7036 off audit.
7037
7038 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
7039 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
7040
7041 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
7042 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
7043 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
7044 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
7045
7046 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
7047 snippets extending unit files.
7048
7049 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
7050 not available as public API.
7051
7052 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 7053 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
7054 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
7055
7056 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
7057 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
7058 controls what to boot into by default.
7059
1fda0ab5
ZJS
7060 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
7061 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
7062
00aa832b
LP
7063 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
7064 generators needed for execution, as well as information
7065 about the unit file loading.
7066
00aa832b
LP
7067 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
7068 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
7069 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
7070 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
7071 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
7072 racy due to journal file rotation.
7073
7074 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
7075 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
7076 all services.
7077
7078 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
7079 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
7080 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
7081 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
7082 system services want to log events about specific client
7083 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
7084 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
7085 unit is requested.
7086
7087 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
7088 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
7089 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
7090 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
7091 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
7092 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7093 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
7094 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
7095 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
7096 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
7097 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7098 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7099 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
7100
606c24e3
LP
7101CHANGES WITH 204:
7102
7103 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
7104 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
7105
7106 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
7107 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
7108 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
7109
7110 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
7111 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7112
2f3fcf85
LP
7113CHANGES WITH 203:
7114
7115 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
7116 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
7117
7118 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
7119 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
7120 fields, including the root directory.
7121
7122 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
7123 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 7124 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
7125 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
7126 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
7127 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
7128 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
7129 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
7130 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
7131 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
7132 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
7133
7134 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
7135 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
7136
7137 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
7138 have taken an inhibitor lock.
7139
7140 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
7141 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
7142 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
7143 the local hostname.
7144
7145 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
7146 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
7147 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
7148 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
7149 VMs/containers coming and going.
7150
7151 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
7152 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
7153 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
7154
7155 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
7156 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
7157 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
7158 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
7159
7160 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
7161 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
7162 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
7163
7164 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
7165 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
7166 services. With the container's root directory in
7167 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
7168 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
7169
7170 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
7171 the processes within a certain container.
7172
7173 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
7174 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
7175 check though. Patches welcome!
7176
7177 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
7178 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
7179 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
7180 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
7181 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
7182
7183 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
7184 the passed argument if applicable.
7185
7186 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
7187 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7188 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
7189 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7190 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
7191 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
7192 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
7193 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7194
ef3b5246
LP
7195CHANGES WITH 202:
7196
7197 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
7198 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
7199 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
7200 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
7201 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
7202 units activate.
7203
7204 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
7205 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
7206 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
7207 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
7208 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
7209 for now, and not installable.
7210
7211 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
7212 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
7213 can run in conjunction with udev.
7214
7215 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
7216 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
7217 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
7218 session manager.
7219
7220 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
7221 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
7222 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
7223 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
7224 services, user processes and containers/virtual
7225 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
7226 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 7227 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
7228 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
7229 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
7230 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
7231
7232 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
7233
7234 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
7235 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
7236 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
7237 logical expressions.
7238
7239 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
7240 switches.
7241
7242 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
7243 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 7244 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
7245 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
7246 the user.
7247
cbeabcfb
ZJS
7248 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
7249 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
7250 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
7251 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
7252 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
7253 an entry.
7254
ef3b5246
LP
7255 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
7256 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7257 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
7258 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7259 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
7260 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7261
d3a86981
LP
7262CHANGES WITH 201:
7263
7264 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
7265 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
7266 directory.
7267
7268 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
7269 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
7270 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
7271 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
7272 problem.
7273
7274 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
7275 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
7276 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
7277 before the key file is attempted to be read.
7278
7279 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
7280 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
7281
7282 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
7283 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
7284 files in this context are files such as
7285 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
7286
7287 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
7288 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
7289 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
7290 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
7291 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
7292 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
7293
7294 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
7295 hostnames.
7296
7297 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
7298 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
7299 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
7300 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
7301 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
7302 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
7303 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
7304 all time-related output of systemd.
7305
7306 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
7307 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
7308 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
7309 loops.
7310
7311 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
7312 (models, layouts, variants, options).
7313
7314 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
7315 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 7316 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
7317 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
7318 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
7319
7320 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
7321 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
7322 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
7323 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
7324 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
7325 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
7326 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
7327
9ca3c17f
LP
7328CHANGES WITH 200:
7329
7330 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
7331 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
7332 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
7333 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
7334 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
7335 middle ground between physical and access time order.
7336
7337 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
7338 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
7339 images.
7340
7341 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
7342 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
7343 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7344
35911459
LP
7345CHANGES WITH 199:
7346
7347 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
7348
7349 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
7350 security policy.
7351
7352 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
7353 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
7354 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
7355 shared by all processes of a service (which means
7356 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
7357 the same service can still access). When a service is
7358 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 7359 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
7360 this though).
7361
7362 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
7363 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
7364 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
7365 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
7366 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
7367 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
7368
7369 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 7370 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
7371
7372 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
7373 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
7374
56cadcb6 7375 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
35911459 7376
c20d8298 7377 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
7378 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
7379 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
7380 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
7381 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
7382
7383 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
7384 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
7385 system is to be mounted.
7386
7387 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
7388 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
7389 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
7390 purpose for socket units.
7391
6a7d3d68
LP
7392 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
7393 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
7394
a87197f5
ZJS
7395 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
7396 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 7397 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 7398 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 7399 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 7400
35911459
LP
7401 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
7402 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
7403 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
7404 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7405 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
7406 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
7407 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7408 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
7409 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7410
85d68397
LP
7411CHANGES WITH 198:
7412
7413 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
7414 files without having to edit/override the unit files
7415 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
7416 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
7417 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 7418 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
7419 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
7420 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
7421 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
7422 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
7423 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
7424 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
7425 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
7426 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
7427 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 7428 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
7429 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
7430 for them too.
7431
7432 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 7433 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
7434 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
7435 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
7436 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
7437 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
7438 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
7439 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
7440 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
7441
7442 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
7443 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
7444
40e21da8 7445 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
7446 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
7447 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
7448 other users.
7449
7450 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
7451 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
7452 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
7453 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
7454 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 7455 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
7456 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
7457 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 7458 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
7459 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
7460 supported.
7461
7462 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
7463 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
7464 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
7465
7466 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
7467 call.
7468
6aa8d43a
LP
7469 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
7470 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
7471 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
7472 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
7473 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
7474 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
7475 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
7476 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
7477 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
7478 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
7479 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
7480 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
7481 also been removed.
85d68397 7482
40e21da8 7483 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 7484 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
7485 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
7486 objects themselves.
7487
7488 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
7489
7490 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
7491 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 7492 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
7493 to how this is supported in shells.
7494
7495 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
7496 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
7497 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
7498 user systemd instance.
7499
7500 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
7501 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
7502 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
7503 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
7504 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
7505 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
7506 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
7507 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
7508 one day for good in the kernel.
7509
7510 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
7511 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
7512 container.
7513
40e21da8 7514 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 7515 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
7516 the host into the container.
7517
7518 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
7519 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
7520 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
7521 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
7522 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
7523 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397 7524
56cadcb6 7525 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
85d68397
LP
7526
7527 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
7528 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
7529 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
7530 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
7531
7532 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
7533 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
7534 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
7535 system resume events.
7536
7537 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
7538 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 7539 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 7540 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
7541
7542 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
7543 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
7544 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
7545 card).
7546
7547 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
7548 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
7549 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
7550
bf933560
KS
7551 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
7552 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
7553 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
7554
7555 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
7556 now carry a message ID.
7557
7558 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
7559 continues to be work in progress.
7560
7561 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
7562 root directory to operate relative to.
7563
40e21da8
KS
7564 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
7565 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
7566 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
7567 times a little.
7568
7569 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
7570 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
7571 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
7572 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
7573 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
7574 request boot into firmware operations.
7575
7576 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
7577 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
7578 correctly in initrds.
7579
d35f51ea
ZJS
7580 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
7581 compile time optional via a configure switch.
85d68397
LP
7582
7583 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
7584 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
7585
7586 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
7587 the status of all active or failed units.
7588
7589 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
7590 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
7591 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 7592 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
7593 requests more robust.
7594
7595 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
7596 reading journal files.
7597
7598 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
7599 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
7600
56cadcb6 7601 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
85d68397
LP
7602
7603 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 7604 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
7605
7606 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
7607 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
7608 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
7609 socket activation in daemons.
7610
7611 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
7612 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
7613
43447fb7
LP
7614 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
7615 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
7616 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
7617
85d68397 7618 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 7619 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
7620 system units.
7621
7622 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
7623 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
7624 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
7625
7626 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
7627 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
7628 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 7629 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
7630 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
7631 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
7632 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
7633 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
7634 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
7635 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
7636 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 7637 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
7638 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
7639 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
7640 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
7641 package installation time.
7642
7643 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
7644 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
7645 scripts need to create these system user/group at
7646 installation time.
7647
7648 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
7649 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
7650
7651 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
7652
40e21da8
KS
7653 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
7654 available.
85d68397 7655
1aed4590
LP
7656 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
7657 load SMACK policies at early boot.
7658
85d68397
LP
7659 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
7660 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
7661 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
7662 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
7663 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7664 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
7665 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
7666 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
7667 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
7668 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
7669 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
7670 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7671 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
7672 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
7673
8ad26859
LP
7674CHANGES WITH 197:
7675
7676 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
7677 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
7678 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
7679 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
7680 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
7681 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
7682 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
7683 the supported calendar time specification language see
7684 systemd.time(7).
7685
7686 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
7687 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
7688 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
7689 document for details:
7690
56cadcb6 7691 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
8ad26859
LP
7692
7693 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
7694 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
7695 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
7696 implementations around and minimal in its code and
7697 dependencies.
7698
7699 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
7700 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
7701 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
7702 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
7703 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
7704 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
7705 with a configure switch.
7706
7707 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
7708 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
7709 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
7710 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
7711 such as ext4.
7712
7713 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
7714 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
7715 identities are attached to the devices as well.
7716
7717 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
7718 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
7719
7720 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
7721 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
7722 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
7723 using only core OS tools.
7724
7725 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
7726 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
7727 implementation of socket activated nspawn
7728 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
7729 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
7730 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
7731 eventually.
7732
7733 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
7734 presenting log data.
7735
7736 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 7737 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
7738
7739 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
7740 system on idle.
7741
7742 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
7743 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
7744 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
7745 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
7746 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
7747 information if possible.
7748
d35f51ea
ZJS
7749 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
7750 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
7751 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
8ad26859
LP
7752
7753 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
7754 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
7755 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
7756 is running on battery power.
7757
7758 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
7759 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
7760 is in the "failed" state.
7761
7762 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
7763 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
7764 environment files at once.
7765
7766 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
7767 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
7768 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
7769 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
7770 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
7771 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
7772 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
7773 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
7774 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
7775 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
7776 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
7777 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
7778 pieces of code locally from the git history.
7779
7780 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
7781 log the unit name in the message meta data.
7782
7783 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
7784 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
7785
7786 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
7787 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
7788 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
7789 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
7790 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
7791 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
7792 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
7793 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
7794 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
7795 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
7796 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
7797 shipped from us upstream.
7798
7799 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
7800 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
7801 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
7802 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
7803 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7804 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7805 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
7806 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
7807 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
7808 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
7809 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
7810 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
7811 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7812
0428ddb7
LP
7813CHANGES WITH 196:
7814
7815 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
7816 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
7817 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
7818 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
7819 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
7820 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
7821 becoming the one central database for non-essential
7822 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 7823 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 7824 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
7825 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
7826 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
7827 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
7828 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
7829 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
7830 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
7831 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
7832 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
7833 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
7834
7835 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
7836 indexed database to link up additional information with
7837 journal entries. For further details please check:
7838
56cadcb6 7839 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
0428ddb7
LP
7840
7841 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
7842 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
7843 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
7844 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
7845 macro for this purpose.
7846
7847 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
7848 Python logging framework.
7849
7850 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
7851 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
7852 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
7853 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 7854 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
7855 time intervals.
7856
7857 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
7858 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
7859 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
7860
7861 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
7862 right-away on the selected coredump.
7863
7864 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
7865 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
7866 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
7867
7868 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
7869 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
7870 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
7871 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
7872
7873 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
7874 default.
7875
7876 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
7877 SMACK security label.
7878
7879 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
7880 daylight saving change.
7881
7882 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
7883 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
7884 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
7885 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
7886 distributions who still need support this to either continue
7887 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
7888 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
7889
d35f51ea
ZJS
7890 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
7891 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
7892 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
7893 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
7894 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
7895 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
7896 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
0428ddb7
LP
7897
7898 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
7899 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
7900
7901 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
7902 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
7903 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
7904 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
7905 offline updating tools.
7906
7907 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
7908 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
7909 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
7910 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
7911 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
7912 directories for packages to place various data files in.
7913
7914 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
7915 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
7916
7917 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
7918 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
7919 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
7920 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7921 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
7922 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
7923 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
7924 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
7925 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7926
139ee8cc
LP
7927CHANGES WITH 195:
7928
6827101a 7929 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
7930 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
7931 units via --unit=/-u.
7932
6827101a 7933 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
7934 right thing.
7935
7936 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
7937 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
7938 rotation.
7939
7940 * The journal will now index the available field values for
7941 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
7942 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
7943 completion of journalctl has been updated
7944 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
7945 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
7946
7947 * More service events are now written as structured messages
7948 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
7949
7950 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
7951 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
7952 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
7953 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
7954 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
7955 these settings from the command line now, especially since
7956 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
7957 completion.
7958
7959 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
7960 extract coredumps from the journal.
7961
7962 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
7963 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
7964 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
7965 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
7966 scratch their heads.
7967
7968 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
7969 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
7970
7971 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
7972 in immediate termination of systemd.
7973
7974 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
7975 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
7976
7977 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
7978 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
7979 mouse screen support has been added.
7980
7981 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
7982 Server-Sent-Events as output.
7983
1cb88f2c 7984 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
7985 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
7986 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
7987 "systemctl reload".
7988
15f47220 7989 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
7990 -u" instead.
7991
7992 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
7993 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
7994 configured.
7995
7996 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
7997 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
7998
7999 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
8000 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
8001 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
8002 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
8003 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
8004 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
8005 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 8006
f9b55720
LP
8007CHANGES WITH 194:
8008
8009 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
8010 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
8011 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
8012 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
8013 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
8014 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
8015 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
8016 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
8017 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
8018 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
8019 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
8020 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
8021
8022 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
8023 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
8024 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8025
597c52cf
LP
8026CHANGES WITH 193:
8027
8028 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
8029 starting from the specified location in the journal.
8030
8031 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
8032 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
8033 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
8034
8035 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
8036 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
8037 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
8038 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
8039 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
8040 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
8041 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
8042
8043 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
8044 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
8045
8046 This will download the journal contents in a
8047 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
8048
8049 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
8050
8051 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
8052 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
8053 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
8054 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
8055 screenshot of this app in its current state:
8056
8057 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
8058
8059 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
8060 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
8061
075d4ecb
LP
8062CHANGES WITH 192:
8063
8064 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
8065 too.
8066
d28315e4 8067 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
8068 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
8069 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 8070 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
8071 just start them.
8072
8073 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
8074 and line break accordingly.
8075
597c52cf
LP
8076 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8077 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 8078
b6a86739
LP
8079CHANGES WITH 191:
8080
8081 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
8082 container environment, copying the host's timezone
8083 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
8084 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
8085 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
8086
8087 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
8088 will default to 10 if omitted.
8089
8090 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
8091 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
8092 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
8093 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 8094 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
8095
8096 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
8097 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
8098 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
8099 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
8100 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
8101 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 8102 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
8103
8104 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
8105 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 8106 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 8107 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
8108 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
8109 into two.
8110
597c52cf
LP
8111 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
8112 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 8113
0c11f949
LP
8114CHANGES WITH 190:
8115
d28315e4 8116 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
8117 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
8118 "systemctl status".
8119
8120 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
8121 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 8122 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
8123 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
8124 field.)
8125
8126 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
8127 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
8128 default.
8129
8130 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
8131 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
8132 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
8133 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
8134 in a container.
8135
8136 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
8137 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
8138 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
8139 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
8140 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
8141 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
8142
8143 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
8144 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
8145 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
8146 no-op.
8147
8148 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
8149 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
8150 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
8151 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
8152 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
8153
8154 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
8155 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
8156
8157 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
8158 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
8159 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
8160 command.
8161
8162 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
8163 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
8164 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
8165
8166 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
8167
8168 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
8169 multiple files at once.
8170
8171 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
8172 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
8173 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
8174 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
8175 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
8176 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
8177 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
8178
a98d5d64
LP
8179 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
8180 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
8181 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
8182
8183 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
8184 dir: %_presetdir.
8185
d28315e4 8186 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 8187 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
8188
8189 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
8190 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
8191 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
8192 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
8193 anymore.
8194
aaccc32c 8195 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
8196 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
8197 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
8198 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
8199
8200 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
8201 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
8202 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
8203
8204 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
8205 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
8206 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
8207 sockets.
8208
8209 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
8210 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
8211 is changed.
8212
8213 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
8214 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
8215 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
8216 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
8217 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 8218 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
8219 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
8220
8221 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
8222
8223 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
8224 the unit file label and client process label into account.
8225
aad803af
LP
8226 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
8227 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
8228
8229 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
8230 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
8231 (%b).
8232
b6a86739 8233 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
8234 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
8235 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8236 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8237 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
8238 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
8239 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8240
38a60d71
LP
8241CHANGES WITH 189:
8242
8243 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
8244 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
8245
8246 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
8247 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
8248 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
8249 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
8250 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
8251 syslog daemons again.
8252
8253 * The libudev API gained the new
8254 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
8255
8256 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
8257 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
8258 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
8259 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
8260
8261 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
8262 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
8263 container.
8264
8265 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
8266 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
8267 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
8268 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
8269 this explaining it in more detail.
8270
8271 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
8272 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
8273 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
8274 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
8275
8276 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
8277 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
8278 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
8279 journal files.
8280
8281 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
8282 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
8283 as container init process a lot more fun.
8284
8285 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
8286 entries.
8287
8288 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
8289 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
8290 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
8291 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
8292 different sets of services.
8293
8294 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
8295 failure state.
8296
b6a86739 8297 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
8298 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
8299 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8300
c269cec3
LP
8301CHANGES WITH 188:
8302
8303 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
8304 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
8305 tree a lot more organized.
8306
8307 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
8308 may be used to group services in a natural way.
8309
8310 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
8311 services.
8312
8313 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
8314 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
8315 filtering by log level now.
8316
8317 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
8318 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
8319 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
8320
ab06eef8 8321 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
8322 command lines involving service unit names.
8323
8324 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
8325 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
8326
8327 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
8328 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
8329 and encodes structured information about the error number.
8330
8331 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
8332 option.
8333
8334 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
8335 a shutdown is cancelled.
8336
8337 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
8338 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
8339 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
8340 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
8341 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
8342
8343 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
8344 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
8345 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
8346 for display managers instead.
8347
8348 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
8349 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
8350 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
8351 protection, and suchlike.
8352
8353 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
8354 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
8355 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
8356 the service.
8357
8358 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
8359 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
8360 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
8361 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
8362 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
8363 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8364
c4f1b862
LP
8365CHANGES WITH 187:
8366
8367 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
8368 pages.
8369
8370 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
8371 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
8372 data loss.
8373
c269cec3 8374 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
8375 option.
8376
8377 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
8378
8379 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
8380 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
8381
8382 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
8383 specific directory.
8384
8385 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
8386 messages of two different boots.
8387
8388 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
8389 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
8390 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
8391
8392 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
8393 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
8394 disjunctions.
8395
8396 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
8397 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
8398 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
8399
8400 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
8401 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
8402 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
8403
8404 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
8405 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
8406 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
8407 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
8408 speed things up a bit.
8409
8410 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
8411 header data of journal files.
8412
8413 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
8414 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
8415 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
8416
8417 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
8418 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
8419 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
8420 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
8421
8422 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
8423
8424 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
8425 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
8426 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
8427 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8428
b5b4c94a
LP
8429CHANGES WITH 186:
8430
8431 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
8432 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
8433 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
8434 prefixed with rd.
8435
8436 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
8437 automatically generated at boot. Use:
8438
8439 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
8440
8441 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
8442
d1f9edaf 8443 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
8444
8445 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
8446 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
8447 as well.
8448
8449 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
8450 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
8451 in all appropriate directories automatically.
8452
8453 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
8454 does the right thing. Example:
8455
8456 udevadm info /dev/sda
8457 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
8458
8459 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
8460 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
8461 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
8462 running.
8463
8464 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
8465 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
8466
8467 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
8468 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
8469
8470 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
8471 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
8472 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
8473 files.
8474
8475 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
8476 be stopped that is not loaded.
8477
8478 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
8479
8480 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
8481
8482 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
8483 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
8484 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
8485 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
8486
8487 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
8488 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
8489 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
8490 completed initialization.
8491
8492 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
8493
8494 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
8495 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
8496 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
8497 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
8498 distributions.
8499
8500 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
8501 always valid when services log to the journal via
8502 STDOUT/STDERR.
8503
8504 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
8505 command line options we understand.
8506
8507 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
8508 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
8509
91ac7425 8510 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
8511 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
8512
8513 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
8514 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
8515 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
8516 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
8517
8518 systemctl status /home
8519 systemctl status /dev/sda
8520
8521 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
8522 system.conf parsing.
8523
8524 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
8525 Manager object.
8526
ce830873 8527 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
8528
8529 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
8530
8531 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
8532 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
8533 complete.
8534
8535 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
8536 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
8537 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
8538 systemd-fsck@.service.
8539
8540 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
8541 Manager object.
8542
8543 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
8544 work sensibly.
8545
8546 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
8547 we actually understand.
8548
8549 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
8550 additional capabilities to the container.
8551
8552 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 8553 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
8554 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
8555
8556 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
8557 the current boot only.
8558
8559 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
8560 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
8561
8562 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
8563 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
8564 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
8565 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
8566 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
8567
c4f1b862 8568 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 8569
2d938ac7
LP
8570 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
8571 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
8572 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
8573 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 8574
2d197285 8575CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 8576
2d197285
KS
8577 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
8578 available.
8579
8580 * Several new man pages have been added.
8581
b5b4c94a
LP
8582 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
8583 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
8584 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
8585 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 8586
b5b4c94a
LP
8587 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
8588 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
8589
8590 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
8591 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8592 Matthias Clasen
8593
4c8cd173 8594CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 8595
4c8cd173
LP
8596 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
8597 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
8598
8599 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
8600 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
8601 daemon.
8602
8603 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
8604 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
8605
8606 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
8607 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
8608 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
8609 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
8610
ea5943d3 8611CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 8612
187076d4
LP
8613 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
8614 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
8615 and systemd's most recent version number.
8616
194bbe33
KS
8617 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
8618 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
8619 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
8620 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
8621 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 8622 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 8623
91cf7e5c 8624 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
8625 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
8626 subsystems.
64661ee7 8627
2d13da88
KS
8628 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
8629 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
8630 used to subscribe to events.
8631
194bbe33
KS
8632 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
8633 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
8634 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
8635 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 8636 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
8637 forked by udev rules.
8638
f13b388f
KS
8639 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
8640 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
8641 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
8642 it.
8643
ea5943d3 8644 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
8645 udev_monitor_from_socket()
8646 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
8647 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 8648 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 8649
ea5943d3 8650 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 8651 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
8652
8653 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
8654 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
8655 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
8656 the files to the new names on upgrade.
8657
ea5943d3
LP
8658 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
8659 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
8660 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
8661 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
8662 to be used as drop-in files.
8663
8664 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 8665 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
8666
8667 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
8668 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
8669 about this in more detail.
8670
8671 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 8672 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
8673 places). Distributions which have not converted these
8674 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
8675 from git history and add them downstream.
8676
8677 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
8678 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 8679 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
8680 units.
8681
8682 * All smaller setup units (such as
8683 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
8684 are run in a container and are skipped when
8685 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
8686 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
8687
8688 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
8689 integrated, for details see:
c6749ba5 8690 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
ea5943d3
LP
8691
8692 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
8693 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
8694 messages.
8695
439d6dfd
LP
8696 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
8697 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
8698 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
8699 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
8700 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
8701
8702 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
8703 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
8704 for all units started by PID 1.
8705
8706 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
8707 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
8708 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
8709
3943231c
LP
8710 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
8711 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
8712
8713 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
8714 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 8715 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
8716
8717 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
8718 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
8719 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
8720 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
8721 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
8722 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
8723
8724 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
8725 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
8726
8727 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
8728
8729 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
8730 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
8731 so sexy.
8732
8733 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
8734 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
8735 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
8736 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
8737 patterns.
8738
8739 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
8740 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
8741 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
8742 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
8743
8744 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
8745 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
8746
8747 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
8748 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
8749 in systemd now.
8750
8751 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
8752 ID on the command line.
8753
f8c0a2cb 8754 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
8755 for an init system.
8756
8757 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
8758 vt100.
8759
8760 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
8761
8762 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 8763 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
8764
8765 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
8766
8767 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
8768 container in other hierarchies.
8769
8770 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
8771 system.conf.
8772
8773 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
8774
8775 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
8776 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
8777
d28315e4 8778 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
8779 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
8780
8781 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
8782 locally generated journal files.
8783
8784 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
8785
8786 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
8787
79849bf9
LP
8788 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
8789 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
8790 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
8791 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
8792 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
8793 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
8794 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8795 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
8796 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
8797 Gundersen
8798
16f1239e 8799CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 8800
16f1239e
LP
8801 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8802
8803 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
8804 KVM or container configured UUID.
8805
8806 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
8807
8808 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
8809
ab06eef8 8810 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
8811 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
8812
ce830873 8813 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
8814
8815 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
8816 folks
8817
8818 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 8819 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
8820 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
8821
8822 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
8823 configuration
8824
8825 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
8826 free fashion
8827
8828 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
8829 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 8830 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
8831 automatically generated data.
8832
8833 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
8834 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
8835 however.
8836
8837 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
8838 tarball.
8839
8840 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
8841 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
8842 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
8843 Reding
8844
437b7dee 8845CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 8846
437b7dee
LP
8847 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8848
8849 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
8850
8851 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
8852
45afd519 8853 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
8854 normal user logins.
8855
8856 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
8857 Biebl
8858
204fa33c 8859CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 8860
204fa33c
LP
8861 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
8862
8863 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
8864 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
8865 xsltproc.
8866
8867 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
8868 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
8869 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
8870
8871 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
8872 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
8873 reboot can automatically be triggered.
8874
8875 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
8876
8877 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
8878 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8879 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
8880
e0d25329 8881CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 8882
e0d25329
KS
8883 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
8884 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
8885 package update.
8886
b13df964
LP
8887 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
8888 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
8889 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
8890
8891 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
8892 complete.
8893
8894 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
8895 understood to set system wide environment variables
8896 dynamically at boot.
8897
e9c1ea9d 8898 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 8899
353e12c2
LP
8900 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
8901 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
8902 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
8903 files.
8904
b13df964
LP
8905 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8906 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
8907 William Douglas
8908
d26e4270 8909CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 8910
d26e4270
LP
8911 * This is mostly a bugfix release
8912
8913 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
8914 "Result" D-Bus property.
8915
8916 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
8917 the next few releases.)
8918
8919 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
8920 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
8921 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
8922 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
8923
b13df964
LP
8924 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
8925 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
8926 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
8927
220a21d3 8928CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 8929
220a21d3
LP
8930 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8931 bugfixes.
8932
8933 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
8934 resource usage.
8935
8936 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
8937 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
8938 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
8939 journals by the respective users.
8940
8941 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
8942 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
8943 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
8944
8945 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
8946 client for all entries.
8947
8948 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
8949
8950 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
8951 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
8952
8953 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
8954 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
8955 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
8956 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
8957
8958 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
8959 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
8960 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
8961
8962 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
8963 journal along with meta data.
8964
8965 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
8966 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
8967 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
8968
8969 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
8970 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
56cadcb6 8971 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
220a21d3
LP
8972
8973 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
8974
8975 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
8976 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
8977 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
8978 or fsck.
8979
d28315e4 8980 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
8981 requested with new -k switch.
8982
8983 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8984 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
8985
8986CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 8987
220a21d3
LP
8988 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
8989 bugfixes.
8990
8991 * The git repository moved to:
8992 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
8993 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
8994
8995 * First release with the journal
8996 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
8997
8998 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
8999 systemd-stdout-bridge.
9000
9001 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
9002
9003 * Many systemadm clean-ups
9004
9005 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
9006 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
9007 remote mounts.
9008
9009 * Added Mageia support
9010
9011 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
9012
9013 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
9014 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
9015 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
9016 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
9017 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
9018
9019 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
9020 of existing distributions.
9021
9022 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
9023 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
9024
9025 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
9026 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
9027 boot.
9028
9029 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
9030
9031 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
9032 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
9033 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
9034 among other things.
9035
9036 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
9037 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
9038
9039 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
9040
ce830873 9041 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
9042 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
9043 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
9044
9045 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
9046 restored.
9047
9048 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
9049 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
9050 kmod
9051
d28315e4 9052 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
9053 of /usr/local by default.
9054
9055 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
9056 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
9057 in:
56cadcb6 9058 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
220a21d3
LP
9059
9060 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
9061 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
9062 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
9063 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
9064 supported anyway, and bad style).
9065
9066 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
9067 reloading of units together.
9068
4c8cd173 9069 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
9070 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
9071 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9072 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
9073 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek